Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Midstream / Euronav

Euronav

eurn · NYSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker eurn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Midstream
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Euronav
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2014

Brief aan de aandeelhouders 
Letter of the Chairman 

01
01

CRUDE OIL: THE PILLAR OF MODERN CIVILISATION 
RUWE OLIE: PIJLER VAN DE MODERNE SAMENLEVING 

02
02

JAARVERSLAG   
CORPORATE REPORT  
Letter of the Chairman 

01

06
06
02
08
08
10
10
20 
20
38
38

DIRECTOR’S REPORT 
VERSLAG VAN DE RAAD VAN BESTUUR 
Why Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) 
Visie – Missie 
Vision - Mission 
is not equivalent to Time Charter Hire 
or Freight is a commodity market 
Strategie en bedrijfsprofiel 
Strategy and company profile 
Highlights 2011 
Overzicht 2011 
CORPORATE REPORT 
Corporate Governance statement  
Verklaring inzake Corporate Governance  
Groepsstructuur 
The Euronav Group 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
ACTIVITEITENVERSLAG 
ACTIVITY REPORT 
08
Vision and Mission 
40
40
Products and Services 
Producten en diensten 
11
Company profile 
40
• Vervoer van ruwe olie 
40
• Tanker shipping 
12
Highlights 2014 
•  Floating, Production, Storage and Offloading (FPSO)/Floating,  
•  Drijvende opslagplatformen en drijvende productie- en  
26 
Corporate Governance Statement 
42
Storage and Offloading (FSO) 
42
opslagplatformen (FSO/FPSO)  
48
The Euronav Group 
Scheepsbeheer 
44
44
Ship Management 
ACTIVITY REPORT 
46
Vloot  
46
Fleet  
Products and services 
50
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT 
SOCIAAL EN MILIEUVERSLAG 
- Tanker shipping 
50
50
Health, Safety, Quality, Environment and Society 
Gezondheid, kwaliteit, veiligheid, milieu en samenleving 
50
-  Floating Production, Storage and Offloading/Floating, 
58
Personeelsbeleid   
Human Resources  
58
52
54
Ship Management 
WOORDENLIJST  
GLOSSARY  
60
60
56
Fleet 

Storage and Offloading (FPSO/FSO) 

FINANCIEEL VERSLAG  
FINANCIAL REPORT 
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT 
Geconsolideerde rekeningen  
Consolidated financial statements  
Health,  Safety,  Quality,  Environment and Society 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Toelichting bij de geconsolideerde rekeningen 
Human resources  
Statutory financial statements Euronav NV  
Statutaire rekeningen Euronav NV 
GLOSSARY 

FINANCIAL REPORT 
Consolidated financial statements 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Statutory financial statements  Euronav NV 

64
64 
60
70 
70
66
113 
113
68

74 
80 
142

 
KEY FIGURES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS 2007 - 2014

(In thousands of USD)

Revenues

EBITDA

EBIT

Net profit

2014

473,985

172,481

2013
*Restated

304,622

82,244

11,527

-54,714

-45,797

-89,683

-118,596

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

410,701

120,719

-56,794

394,457

128,368

-40,155

-95,986

525,075

260,298

88,152

19,680

467,844

195,265

31,362

-17,614

858,983

657,452

512,579

402,468

563,136

344,027

190,329

101,055

TCE** year average

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

VLCC

Suezmax

Spot Suezmax

27,625

25,930

23,382

18,300

22,000

16,600

19,200

24,100

16,300

18,100

27,100

15,400

36,100

30,600

18,000

33,000

31,750

20,800

95,700

41,650

-

44,600

32,200

-

In USD per share

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

Number of shares***

116,539,017

50,230,437

50,000,000

50,000,000

50,000,000

50,000,000

50,080,137

51,861,762

EBITDA

EBIT

Net profit

In EUR per share

1.48

0.10

-0.39

2014

1.64

-1.09

-1.79

2013

2.41

-1.14

-2.37

2012

2.57

-0.80

-1.92

2011

5.21

1.76

0.39

2010

3.91

0.63

-0.35

2009

13.13

10.24

8.04

2008

6.63

3.67

1.95

2007

Rate of exchange

1.2141

1.3791

1.3194

1.2939

1.3362

1.4406

1.3917

1.4721

EBITDA

EBIT

Net profit

History of dividend per 
share

Dividend

Of which interim div. of

Pay-out ratio****

1.22

0.08

-0.32

1.19

-0.79

-1.29

1.83

-0.86

-1.80

1.98

-0.62

-1.48

3.90

1.32

0.29

2.71

0.44

-0.24

9.43

7.35

5.77

4.51

2.50

1.32

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

0.25 

0.00 

N/A

0.00 

0.00 

-

0.00 

0.00 

-

0.00 

0.00 

-

0.10

0.10

-

0.10

0.10

-

2.60

1.00

46%

0.80

0.00 

64%

* 

The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 

**  Time charter equivalent

***  Excluding 1,750,000 shares held by the Company

**** Ratio is based on the actual exchange rate EUR/USD on the day of the dividend announcement if any.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 2007 - 2014 

(In thousands of USD)
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Current assets

31.12.2014 31.12.2013 31.12.2012 31.12.2011 31.12.2010 31.12.2009 31.12.2008 31.12.2007

2,558,505
537,855

*Restated
1,728,993
191,768

2,065,448
297,431

2,159,442
291,874

2,337,131
307,083

2,500,550
286,116

2,279,701
341,452

2,092,395
182,295

TOTAL ASSETS

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,362,879

2,451,316

2,644,214

2,786,666

2,621,243

2,274,693

LIABILITIES
Equity
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

1,472,708
1,328,257
295,395

800,990
874,979
244,792

866,970
1,186,139
309,770

980,988
1,221,349
248,979

1,078,508
1,314,341
251,365

1,071,629
1,463,456
251,581

1,178,326
1,181,793
261,124

984,492
963,340
326,861

TOTAL LIABILITIES

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,362,879

2,451,316

2,644,214

2,796,666

2,621,243

2,274,693

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11

The Euronav share

Share price evolution 2014 (in EUR) 

Daily volume of traded shares 2014

11.0

10.5

10.0

9.5

9.0

8.5

8.0

7.5

7.0

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Convertible bonds 

On 24 September 2009 the Company issued 1,500 subordinated, fixed-
rate, non-guaranteed convertible bonds for a total of USD 150 million. 
In the course of the first quarter of 2012 the Company bought back 68 
bonds of its USD 150 million fixed rate senior unsecured convertible 
bonds, due 2015. The face value of each bond was USD 100,000 and the 
Company paid an average of USD 78,441. 

On 1 February 2013 the Company launched an exchange offer on all 
outstanding bonds with maturity 31 January 2015 in exchange for newly 
issued  convertible  bonds  maturing  31  January  2018.  In  aggregate, 
1,250  bonds  (USD  125  million)  were  offered  meaning  that  only  250 
bonds, maturing in 2015, remained outstanding, representing a total 
amount of USD 25 million. 

Euronav offered its 68 notes due 2015 for exchange against notes due 
2018. In the course of 2013 Euronav sold these 68 notes due 2018 and 
bought 5 bonds due 2015 at an average price of USD 92,000 per bond. 
On 27 February 2014 Euronav purchased another 13 bonds due 2015 at 
an average price of USD 103,445 per bond. 

During  the  period  from  12  November  2013  till  22  April  2014  the 
Company issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary shares 
upon conversion of USD 124,900,000 in aggregate principal amount of 
1,249 convertible bonds due 2018 at the holders’ option.

On  20  February  2014  the  Company  exercised  its  right  to  redeem  all 
of the remaining convertible bonds due in 2018. At that time, USD 4.9 
million, or less than 10%, in principal amount of the convertible bonds 
due 2018 originally issued remained outstanding. 

On 9 April 2014 Euronav redeemed the last convertible bond due 2018 
outstanding  as  of  2  April  2014  for  an  aggregate  of  USD  101,227.78, 
which is the principal amount of a bond (USD 100,000) plus accrued 
but  unpaid  interest  from  31  January  2014  to  (but  excluding)  9  April 
2014. As a result, after 9 April 2014, no convertible bonds due in 2018 
remain outstanding. 

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

On  31  January  2015  the  250  remaining  outstanding  bonds  issued  in 
2009 and due in 2015 with a face value of USD 100,000, have been fully 
redeemed at par. Euronav held 18 of these bonds. As a result, since 
that date, no more convertible bonds issued in 2009 and due in 2015 
remain outstanding.

Perpetual securities

On 13 January 2014 Euronav issued 60 perpetual convertible preferred 
equity  instruments  for  a  total  issuance  amount  of  USD  150,000,000. 
The instruments were issued at par and bear an interest of 6% during 
the first 5 years payable annually in arrears in cash or in shares at the 
option of the Company. The price against which the instruments can be 
contributed is EUR 5.776000 (or USD 7.928715 at a EUR/USD exchange 
rate of 1.3727000) per common share. The Company had an option to 
force the contribution if (i) the share price reached a certain level over 
a certain period of time and (ii) the Company had completed a listing in 
New York (NYSE or NASDAQ).

On  6  February  2014  the  Company’s  share  capital  was  increased 
following the contribution in kind of 30 perpetual convertible preferred 
equity  instruments  which  resulted  in  the  issuance  of  9,459,286  new 
ordinary shares. 

On 30 January 2015 Euronav issued a mandatory contribution notice 
that  it  would  exercise  its  right  to  request  the  contribution  of  the  30 
outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities. 

On  6  February  2015  the  Company’s  share  capital  was  increased 
following the contribution in kind of 30 perpetual convertible preferred 
equity instruments which resulted in the issuance of 9,459,283 new 
ordinary  shares.  These  new  shares  are  listed  on  both  Euronext 
Brussels  and  the  NYSE  but  tradeable  only  on  Euronext  Brussels. 
None  of  the  perpetual  convertible  preferred  equity  instruments 
remain outstanding. 

 
The Euronav shareholders’ structure

Shareholders’ diary 2015

According to the information available to the Company at the 
time of preparing this annual report and taking into account 
the  latest  declarations,  the  shareholders’  structure  and  its 
history is as shown in the table:

Shareholder 
Tanklog Holdings Ltd.1 
Saverco NV 1 
Victrix NV 1 
BlueMountain 
Capital Management LLC 
Euronav (treasury shares) 
Other 
Total 

Number of shares  Percentage 
11.94%
10.69%
5.75% 

19,003,509 
17,026,896 
9,156,893 

8,867,209 
1,750,000 
103,404,442 
159,208,949 

5.57%
1.10%
64.95%
100.00%

1Including shares held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of the 
ultimate beneficial owner.

Thursday 30 July 2015
Announcement of second quarter results 2015 

Thursday 27 August 2015
Announcement of final half year results 2015

Monday 31 August 2015
Half year report 2015 available on website

Thursday 29 October 2015
Announcement of third quarter results 2015

Thursday 28 January 2016
Announcement of fourth quarter results 2015

Representation by the persons responsible for the financial 
statements and for the management report   

The  Board  of  Directors,  represented  by  Peter  G.  Livanos  as 
permanent  representative  of  Tanklog  Holdings  Limited,  its 
Chairman, and the Executive Committee, represented by Paddy 
Rodgers, CEO, and Hugo De Stoop, CFO, hereby confirm that, 
to the best of their knowledge:

■	 The financial statements as of 31 December 2014 presented 
in  this  annual  report  were  established  in  accordance  with 
applicable accounting standards (IFRS or standard accounting 
legislation) and give a true and fair view, as defined by these 
standards,  of  the  assets,  liabilities,  financial  position  and 
results of Euronav NV.

■	 This annual report includes a true and fair view of the evolution 
of  the  activities,  results  and  situation  of  Euronav  NV  and 
contains a description of the main risks and uncertainties the 
Company may face. 

Dear Shareholder,

Having taken over the role of Chairman from Marc Saverys in July 2014, 
I am both honoured and privileged to be writing you my first Chairman’s 
Report for Euronav NV. I must start by thanking Marc for his effective 
leadership of the Company from its start in 1995 to 2014 and above all 
for his success in guiding us through the cyclical nature of this volatile 
industry.  It  is  a  point  of  pride  to  all  of  us  at  Euronav  that  during  the 
four-year downturn in the tanker market from 2010 all obligations were 
met at a time when so many in the tanker sector compromised their 
suppliers, customers, employees and capital providers. Marc remains 
on the Board and continues to contribute as actively as ever.

Without doubt the most important event for us in 2014 was the purchase 
of 15 VLCCs in January. This acquisition was recognised by Lloyd’s List 
who presented Euronav with the ‘Deal of the Year’ award. We followed 
this transformational purchase with the further acquisition from Maersk 
of four additional VLCCs. Euronav ended 2014 with an on the water fleet 
of 27 VLCCs and 23 Suezmax tankers and our joint venture in two FSOs. 
Most  significantly,  as  we  move  into  what  I  believe  to  be  a  structural 
improvement in the tanker freight market, Euronav has a fleet highly 
levered to the upside with no outstanding capital commitments to any 
newbuilding program.

Funding for the acquisition of these 19 ships came through the successful 
common equity raise of USD 350 million at the beginning of the year and a 
125 million USD common equity raise in July. The July equity offering was 
oversubscribed and completed in an accelerated book building exercise. 
The pricing included a minimal discount to the market reflecting the very 
strong support for Euronav by investors.

In January 2015 the Company executed its planned US listing using a 
structure  enabling  the  continued  trading  of  the  Company’s  common 
shares on both the Euronext exchange and now on the NYSE. We feel 
that  this  gives  Euronav  the  advantage  amongst  its  peers  of  allowing 
access to the Company’s shares by US investors while maintaining its 
historical strong relationship with the European markets through its 
Euronext listing. The US listing was oversubscribed, consequently upsized 
and the greenshoe fully exercised. The proceeds of the new issuance 
were used to strengthen the balance sheet by paying down an expensive  
USD 235.5 million bond. 

We further believe that this increased liquidity in the Company’s shares 
will  be  attractive  to  current  and  future  shareholders.  The  US  listing 
has also broadened the interest in the Company by analysts. We are 
now covered by 15 respected industry analysts in the US, Europe and 
Scandinavia.

The evolution of the Euronav share price has continued upwards, rising 
19.9% over calendar 2014. Substantial progress has been made in diver-
sifying our shareholder base with the free float moving from 38% to 71% 
since December 2013. In addition, our daily liquidity (shares traded per 
day) has risen by nearly fivefold. 

Further  balance  sheet  developments  in  2015  for  the  Company  saw  a 
repayment of the sellers’ credit granted to us in 2012 as well as the repay-
ment of the outstanding convertible bond issued in 2009. The successful 
US  listing  also  facilitated  the  conversion  of  our  perpetual  convertible 
preferred instrument. This has drastically simplified our capital structure 
and reduced annual interest payments.

Turning to the revenue side of our business: the freight markets for both 
VLCC and Suezmax vessels opened strongly in 2014 but in April and 
May more refineries than usual shut down for maintenance providing 
headwinds which lasted through the summer and into the third quarter. 

It was not until limited fleet growth and increasing demand from the Far 
East materially demonstrated to ship owners, who were underselling 
their services, that there was a shortage of ships. The consequence 
being  that  rates  went  progressively  higher  in  the  last  quarter  of  the 
year – culminating with VLCC rates reaching a five-year high in December. 

In October the Tankers International (TI) pool joined forces with Frontline 
to form a commercial joint venture named VLCC Chartering. This devel-
opment,  along  with  Trafigura,  one  of  the  world’s  largest  commodity 
traders, joining the pool, has substantially enhanced the presence and 
leadership role of the TI pool in the VLCC freight market. Euronav is 
very supportive of TI and continues to be impressed by the thoughtful 
and innovative approach by its management to enhancing returns for 
the ship owners who place their vessels into this pool.

The fall in crude oil prices during the latter half of the fourth quarter of 
2014 was a welcome development for the tanker industry. As oil, in the 
form of bunker fuel, is a significant cost of ship operations, all owners 
are benefitting from the higher earnings from their ships as a result 
of the lower fuel cost. Furthermore, the drop in the price of oil should 
stimulate additional demand for the commodity as well as the building up 
of strategic reserves. With limited fleet growth projected for the coming 
year as well as steady growth in demand and ton-mile expansion, the 
market winds are set fair for the time being. 

Operationally,  our  teams  in  Greece  and  Antwerp  have  successfully 
assimilated the newly acquired VLCCs into our existing fleet, overcoming 
the challenge of finding additional competent crews to run these ships 
while keeping to the very high standards of operational excellence that 
our clients have come to expect. Nevertheless, our commitment is to 
safe operations and constant improvement to ensure we keep operational 
excellence at the forefront of our minds. Safety is a key factor in the 
success of Euronav. At Euronav we consider the consistent safe operation 
of our ships as a primary focus for all and a top-down approach drives 
commitment to safety management practices and procedures. I have 
made the focus on safety within our group a priority for 2015. 

In summary, Euronav today encompasses the key elements necessary 
to capture and preserve shareholder value in the highly volatile tanker 
freight market. Euronav has a large modern fleet almost entirely exposed 
to the spot freight market and is consequently highly leveraged to the 
upside as the cycle turns to stronger freight rates. Euronav is staffed with 
very experienced shore and shipboard personnel well able to maximize 
the  operational  returns  of  an  efficiently  run  fleet.  Commercially  we 
are linked to a best-in-class trading platform that through its critical 
mass is able to optimize spot business for our open tonnage. Euronav 
maintains strategically important commercial relationships with first-
class counterparties, which will allow a portion of our fleet to secure 
long-term charters when conditions are favourable that may balance 
our volatile spot exposure.

We recognise and embrace the volatile nature of the tanker markets. 
We manage our balance sheet through the tanker market cycles looking 
to deliver shareholder value both through growth and the payment of 
dividends. The Board and the management are committed to returning 
value to our shareholders through the cycles and as such the Company, 
its  employees  and  its  shareholders  can  look  forward  to  the  coming 
years with confidence.

Yours sincerely,

Peter Livanos, permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited
Chairman

1

Why Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) is 
not equivalent to Time Charter Hire
or
Freight is a commodity market

Time  Charter  Eq uivalent  (TCE) 
Earnings

The expenses of a shipping company fall into two categories. 

1. 

The fi xed daily costs: which arise every day of the year, 
regardless of the movement or employment of the ship, 
and are typically called daily costs in the shipping world. 
They can be listed as follows: depreciation, capital cost, 
crewing, technical maintenance (including dry-docking), 
insurance and general administrative expenses.

2.  The variable costs: which are the costs related to a voyage 
(sailing  the  ship,  positioning  or  even  waiting  to  load  or 
discharge a cargo). They can be listed as follows: bunker 
(fuel) costs, port costs (including agent costs), canal transit 
fees, towage and pilotage.

Even though they may occur every day, they are not daily costs 
because they vary hugely as they relate to the service being 
undertaken and in particular to the fuel consumption of the 
service undertaken. 

Waiting might consume only 5 MT of bunker oil a day whilst 
the consumption of oil when sailing depends on whether the 
ship is empty (ballast) or laden (with a cargo on board), how 
much cargo is on board and the speed the ship is sailing. 
Indeed, consumption is also affected by weather conditions 
and currents. In ballast, at low speed, in fair weather, the 
consumption might be as low as 30 MT per day but laden, 
at  high  speed,  in  heavy  weather,  it  could  be  closer  to  100 
MT per day.

For commercial and business management purposes the vari-
able costs of any voyage are deducted from the Freight lump 
sum (paid by the cargo owner) to derive a Net Freight amount, 
because these costs are variable with the particularities of the 
voyage performed, i.e. cargo size, distance, number of ports, 
etc. The Net Freight amount can then be divided by the number 
of days that the voyage took to perform (including the time and 
voyage expenses of positioning of the ship from the last port it 
discharged a cargo to the port where it will take a new cargo) 
and this establishes a daily rate of income, which is called the 
Time  Charter  Equivalent  Earnings  (TCE  Earnings)  which  is 
expressed in USD/day. 

2

EURONAV

The TCE/day formula can be expressed in the following way:

Net Freight

( i.e. Freight lump sum - variable costs)

= TCE/day

number of days*

*from ship leaving port after discharge previous cargo until discharge 
current cargo

The  TCE  Earnings  can  be  compared  to  the  daily  hire  paid 
under fi xed term contract which is called daily Time Charter 
Hire. However, although comparable, TCE Earnings are not 
the same as Time Charter Hire. The Time Charter Hire is a 
defi nite and certain amount that is known when the contract 
is signed. The TCE is a calculated number which is not known 
until all of the income for the voyage has been received and all 
of the expenses paid. Only then the expenses can be netted 
off from the Freight lump sum in order to arrive to the Net 
Freight of the voyage. 

The duration of the voyage is also not certain. If due to bad 
weather the voyage took longer than expected, the earnings 
will  be  less  than  expected  because  more  bunkers  will  be 

consumed and the duration will lengthen so the Net Freight 
is lower and will be divided by more days. So Voyage Charter, 
where performance is measured in terms of TCE Earnings, is 
signifi cantly different to Time Charter, where daily hire rate is 
fi xed and certain from the start of the contract.

The choice of the speed is more 
complex than it appears 

The single largest variable cost of a voyage is the bunkers and 
this varies in direct relationship to the speed at which the voyage 
is performed. The speed of the laden part of the voyage is agreed 
with the charterer when the Voyage Charter is negotiated. The 
ship owner or, if there is one, the time charterer chooses the 
speed of the vessel for the ballast voyage (when the ship is 
empty of cargo) sailing the ship to a position where it can load 
a cargo for the Voyage Charter. In both cases the slower the 
ship, the lower the fuel cost as consumption will be lower and 
the faster the ship, then the higher the fuel consumption and 
therefore the cost.

3

 
 
The slower a ship sails, the longer the voyage (more days) but 
the less fuel it consumes. So the calculation of the TCE will 
be affected in two ways (as the Freight lump sum remains the 
same). The Net Freight will go up because of the savings made 
on the fuel but at the same time it will be divided by more days 
taking the TCE down. Therefore a ship should only go slower if 
the cost of fuel, saved by slower sailing, offsets the reduction 
of the TCE caused by the increase in the number of days the 
voyage lasted. Finally, if the fuel cost saving justifi es slower 
sailing then the owner will look to the lost opportunity of the 
days that could have been spent on the next voyage compared 
with  the  improvement  in  TCE  from  slower  steaming  on  the 
current voyage. This is a very important point but the decision 
must be taken at the start of a voyage (the start of the ballast 
passage - see Voyage Accounting below) but this is done on the 
basis of unpredictable assumption regarding the next voyage. 
At that moment, the current Voyage Charter may not already 
have been fi xed let alone the one after.

Consequently, it is good practice upon discharge to sail at the 
most economical speed away from the discharge port to a way 
point (the last point at which the ship has full optionality as to 
its destination). As an example, on leaving China, this might 
be Singapore for orders. During this period the vessel is being 
marketed for its next Voyage Charter. Once the Voyage Charter 
is contracted, the vessel should proceed at such a speed so as 
to arrive at the port just in time to load the contracted cargo.

It serves no purpose to arrive earlier as waiting adds additional 
costs against which there is no certain additional income. So in 
this example arriving early worsens the voyage TCE Earnings. 

More fuel is consumed going faster and if the ship arrives too 
early fuel is consumed waiting (to provide minimum energy to 
run the ship) and there is no additional income. If an earlier 
cargo lifting date could be contracted then the issue is whether 
it would add suffi cient additional income to offset the additional 
cost of fuel for sailing faster. Still, if it does not, then arguably, 
the days gained may translate into more value in the subsequent 
voyage  but  with  a  high  degree  of  uncertainty  which  will  be 
lifted only two or more months away and in a market subject 
to huge volatility.

In addition, speeding up means that the global supply of ships 
is also going up and that, in itself, is likely to reduce the freight 
market. There is therefore more chance that the value burned in 
speeding up will NOT be recuperated in the subsequent voyage 
as there is more chance that the market will be lower by then. 

In this context it is also important to note that the consumption 
of fuel, relative to speed, is not uniform and at the top speeds 
ships  consume  exponentially  more  fuel.  For  VLCC  vessels, 
there is an infl ection point above 13 knots and steaming above 
this speed, to save a few days, will disproportionately increase 
the voyage expense compared to the number of days saved.

4

EURONAV

It’s a Commodity Stupid!

The owner or time charterer of a vessel should always manage 
bunker costs, as described above, by sailing as slowly as the 
pattern of trade it is involved in allows. When deciding the speed, 
at which to sail from a discharge port, the market environment 
is very important. 

Average earnings between 2004 and 2008 (inclusive) for VLCCs 
were USD 70,000 per day, yet within that period voyages were 
done at USD 300,000 and USD 20,000 and within days, swings 
could make a difference of tens of thousands of dollars.

Daily average tankers freight rate between 2004-2008
■ Average VLCC 2000-built  ■ Average Suezmax 2000-built 
in USD/day 

The world VLCC fl eet is small, only around 630 vessels, and 
each ship will lift somewhere around 5 to 6 cargoes per year 
depending  on  the  trade  and  move  those  cargoes  over  long 
distances.  So  for  any  cargo  movement  the  number  of  ships 
available to load the cargo, due to location and timing, may vary 
considerably. This is very different from even other tanker trades 
that are short haul, such as the product trades or localized 
dirty trades in smaller ships.

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

Many participants and investors follow the global supply of 
ships and try to present the market as a bull or bear market 
depending  on  the  overall  supply  of  ships  compared  to  the 
overall  demand  for  ships.  They  are  often  confounded  by  a 
precipitous fall in rates in what they have characterized as 
a bull market; equally they are often denying the possibility 
of  high  fi xtures  in  what  they  have  characterized  as  a  bear 
market.  Yet  when  one  reviews  past  fi xtures  it  is  apparent 
that the market can have very large swings within both peak 
and trough periods. 

0

2004

source: Clarksons

2005

2006

2007

2008

This apparent super volatility comes about through the structure 
of the market. As described above, the earnings of ships come 
from the movement of cargoes. So when transport is required 
for a cargo, the cargo owner will instruct the internal shipping 
department of the cargo owner, who will in turn approach several 
brokers and sometimes owners directly and will seek to auction 

5

the  cargo  move.  The  lowest  bidder  will  win  the  contract,  or 
at least, set the contract rate that clears the market for the 
other bidders. Each broker hoping to make a commission on 
the  contract  conclusion  will  encourage  his  owner  to  be  low 
enough  to  win  the  auction.  The  owners  will  be  guided  as  to 
who else is bidding and how low they have to bid to succeed. 
The owners must have good information to know who is a real 
competitor and who is not. To be a real competitor a ship must 
be of the right age, type and class and be acceptable for the 
customer under the tanker vetting regime. It should also be 
reliable and so only those ships which are free of cargo and 
close enough to reach the load port at which the cargo is being 
prepared on the dates that the cargo owner has specifi ed can 
realistically compete. 

This  creates  a  mini  market  for  each  and  every  cargo,  which 
comprises those ships that can work that cargo. This mini market 
is defi ned by time and distance. If many ships are truly available 
for the cargo, the mini market auction will take the current market 
level down, if the number of ships truly available is limited or 
only one, then provided the owner is aware of this, the market 
level will go up. This is regardless of the global supply of tankers.

The owner is at a disadvantage as the auction is controlled by 
the cargo owner and because of that, the cargo owner has all 
the bids. The cargo owner also knows which ships are cleared 
for him to use and what other cargoes also need to be moved. 
There is no uniformity of information relating to bids or avail-
ability. The owner must have a view on that balance if the true 
value of the ships position, the commodity, is to be discovered 
particularly when the market is set so that it could go up. This 
is the true added value of a pool as it increases market visibility 
through better information and broadens market knowledge 
improving pricing.

Speed  is  critical  in  the  management  of  the  spot  market,  as 
speeding up (and remember this worsens voyage economics) 
serves  a  negative  purpose  if  it  accumulates  the  number  of 
ships bidding on a cargo (increase the supply). It worsens the 
economics of the voyage that is about to be done and takes the 
whole market level down. So ship owners and time charterers 
need to focus on bunker cost management and only speed up 
when a voyage has been fi xed and then only suffi ciently to arrive 
just in time for the cargo loading dates.

6

EURONAV

The ship owner dilemma

Too many ship owners focus on their relative outperformance; 
whether they do better than other ship owners. Often this 
leads them to undersell their services in the hope of perceived 
marginal gains (making sure they get a cargo sooner than 
later) over the other ship owners. But giving a discount to 
their services is detrimental because each Voyage Charter is 
a separate commodity negotiation which needs to be priced, 
as precisely as possible, to gain real absolute value giving 
good return to capital. By underselling their services, they 
may cut waiting time but often the discount is greater than 
the  cost  of  waiting  for  the  next  cargo  priced  at  a  higher 
market.  In  the  long  run,  the  reason  why  relative  value  is 
irrelevant is simply that weak performance does not cause 
ships  to  leave  the  market  as  demonstrated  over  the  last 
cyclical  downturn.  Relative  outperformance  will  almost 
never deliver appropriate reward to capital… it just lowers 
the market for all.

The  only  way  to  resolve  this  dilemma  is  to  be  part  of  a 
large platform such as a pool which is actively marketing 
available tonnage every day. 

As  Euronav  transitions  to  greater  public  ownership,  it  will 
continue  to  attempt  to  lead  the  market  in  focusing  on  the 
requirement for a good return on capital. Shipping is a capital 
intensive  business  and  if  the  right  returns  are  not  given  to 
capital then the industry will struggle to find access to capital 
whilst providing the necessary stability in the industry to bring 
security of supply, increasing environmental awareness, safe 
and rewarding conditions for employment, in short all of the 
things that the world expects.

Time Charter – A time charter is a lease of a ship by an 
owner to a lessee (known as a charterer) for a period of time 
(rather than the performance of a voyage) and paid for by a 

daily rate of hire usually an agreed dollar amount for each 
day and pro rata for each part of a day. The time charter daily 
hire  covers  the  cost  of  the  ship  and  its  crew  together  with 
all  cost  and  expenses  for  the  ship  to  operate.  The  service 
provided  is  to  operate  the  ship  to  steam  the  ship  between 
ports, load, store, transport and deliver the cargo under the 
orders of the time charterer. The costs specifically related 
to the charterers orders in steaming between ports, loading, 
storing, transporting and discharging the cargo are known as 
the voyage related costs and are consequently for the account 
of the time charterer.

Voyage Charter – The carriage of a specific cargo from a 
load port (typically a terminal at an oil field) to the discharge 
port (typically a terminal at a refinery) is called a voyage or spot 
charter for which the cargo owner pays a lump sum usually 
denominated  in  US  Dollars  (it  is  calculated  usually  using  a 
system called world scale). The voyage related costs comprise 
primarily bunker fuel but also port costs, tugs, pilots and any 
other thing incidental to the cargo carriage. The ship owner, 
or  if  there  is  a  time  charter,  the  time  charterer  will  seek  to 
recuperate these costs from the freight paid by the cargo owner 
but these costs are not a pass through and do not form part 
of the negotiation.

Voyage Accounting – The cargo owner is only interested in 
the movement of the cargo but the ship owner must reposition 
the ship after discharging one cargo and before loading another 
cargo.  The  costs  for  this  repositioning  must  be  taken  into 
account in the costs of performing the cargo transportation. 
In most cases it is elected to apply the repositioning costs to 
the cargo transport just about to be done. In other words a 
complete accounting voyage is, in most cases, from discharge 
port to discharge port. The ‘actual’ voyage commences after 
leaving  the  last  discharge  port  sailing  unladen  to  a  load 
port, entering that port, loading the cargo and sailing to the 
discharge port, entering that port and discharging the cargo. 
The process then starts again.

7

 
Vision and Mission

Vision 

To continue to be recognised globally as a leader in the shipping 
and storage of crude oil. We are and intend to remain dedicated 
to safety, quality, health and environmental protection. We intend 
to pursue excellence through innovation, know-how and continu-
ous improvement.

Mission 

For our society
To transport an essential source of energy in a manner that is eco-
nomically, socially and environmentally viable now and in the future.

For our clients 
To operate in a manner that contributes to the success of their 
business by setting increasingly higher standards of quality and 
reliability.

For our shareholders
To  create  signifi cant  and  lasting  value  by  strategically  planning 
fi nancial and investment decisions while operating in a manner 
consistent with the highest professional standards.

For our employees
To inspire and enable talented, hard-working people to achieve their 
career goals in a healthy, challenging and rewarding environment.

8

EURONAV

 
 
Vision and Mission

9

10

EURONAVCompany profi le

Euronav is a market leader in the transportation and storage of 
crude oil and petroleum products. On 16 March 2015 Euronav owned 
and manages a fl eet of 52 vessels. The Company, incorporated in 
Belgium, is headquartered in Antwerp. Euronav employs over 2,400 
people worldwide onshore and offshore and has offi ces throughout 
Europe and Asia. Euronav is listed on Euronext Brussels and on 
the NYSE under the symbol EURN.

The need to operate a safe and reliable fl eet has never been more 
crucial  and  it  is  the  most  important  strategic  objective  for  the 
Company.  Euronav  aims  to  be  an  effi cient  organisation  and  to
deliver the highest quality and best possible service to its customers.

Euronav  has  a  long-term  strategy  through  cycle  profi tability  by 
managing a balanced portfolio on the spot and the period tanker 
market as well as on the long-term FSO market thus mixing its 
sources of revenue between fi xed and fl oating income.

Sustainability is a core value at Euronav and ensures the long-term 
health and success of our people, our business and the environment 
we work in. It involves a commitment to safety and environmental 
practices, as well as an innovative approach to the use of technology 
and information.

Employing European offi cers on board a modern fl eet, Euronav 
aims  to  operate  in  the  top  end  of  the  market.  The  skills  of  its 
 directly employed seagoing offi cers and shore-based captains and 
engineers give a competitive edge in maintenance as well as in 
operations and delivery of offshore projects.

Company profi le 11
Overview of the Market

Directors’ Report:
Highlights 2014

Overview of the Market

Oil demand, production and  bunker 
costs 

In general, 2014 growth was supported by healthier economies, 
an improved labour market, a consumer-led growth momentum 
and improved monetary conditions with investors less worried 
about debt sustainability. Global economic growth for 2014 was 
reviewed down to 2.7% mainly due to a weaker than expected 
fi rst half of the year. This headline GDP growth fi gure masked a 
contrast between a resurgent US economy (2.4% GDP growth) 
and specifi c emerging market expansion in China and India (both 
7.4%) with fragile growth in Europe (0.9%) and Japan (0%). The 
situations in Libya and Ukraine have created increased uncertainty 
which in turn lead to poor investment and exports in those regions. 
All these factors had an impact on the global economy causing a 
shift in the oil trading and consumption pattern.

World Oil Demand 
in million bpd (source - IEA) 

95

91

87

83

79

75

2005

2006 2007

2008 2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

2014

12

EURONAV

China’s demand for oil continued to grow with oil imports rising 
above 7 million barrels per day (mbpd) for the fi rst time in December 
2014 bringing the full year total for crude imports to a record 
308 million tonnes – up nearly 10% year on year. This increase 
in demand refl ects underlying economic growth, new refi neries 
coming on line and additional opportunistic imports to fi ll strategic 
and commercial reserves at lower crude price. This was refl ected 
in the number of VLCCs heading to China which picked up sharply 
from end September until the year end. 

Sustained increases in crude oil supply was a key feature of 2014 
with USA crude production continuing to grow to 8.7 mbpd, Iraqi 
output hitting a 35-year high in December of 3.7 mbpd and expected 
supply disruptions failing to materialise. Such strong supply was 
a  principal  driver,  along  with  OPEC’s  decision  in  November  to 
maintain output, for the dramatic fall in the price of crude during 
the latter half of Q4 2014. 

Crude  oil  prices  followed  a  decreasing  trend  throughout  2014 
to reach on average for the full year USD 98.97 per barrel for 
the Brent Crude (2013: USD 108.56) and USD 93.22 for the WTI 
(2013: USD 97.98).

Bunker prices mirrored the crude oil price with a fall of around 
40% from the peak reached in June. December alone saw a 25% 
drop with an average price for the month per ton at USD 364 in 
Fujairah, USD 339 in Rotterdam and USD 362 in Singapore. Prices 
for the full year were on average estimated at USD 605 in Fujairah, 
USD 534 in Rotterdam and USD 576 per metric ton in Singapore. 
The dramatic fall, particularly at the end of the year, in this key 
operating cost for tanker owners did not have an immediate full 
impact on reducing voyage related expenses as bunkers purchased 
at the higher price were still in stock on board ships. Slow steaming 
has largely remained in place for most owners even when the 
market was showing signs of strengthening.

World Oil Production 
in million bpd (source - IEA) 

World Cargo Evolution  ■ 2011  ■ 2012  ■ 2013  ■ 2014
Cargoes per month (source - TI VLCC Database)

95

91

87

83

79

75

2005

2006 2007

2008 2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

2014

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Overview of the Market

13

Tanker market 

During 2014 the crude tanker market moved towards the most 
balanced it has been in several years. This was reflected with 
strong  freight  rates  in  the  first  quarter  as  a  combination  of 
robust Asian demand and a severe northern hemisphere cold 
snap  in  January.  Firm  action  by  owners  drove  daily  rates  to 
multi-year highs for the winter season.

BITR Rate Evolution (ws)
VLCC trade routes 
■ TD1 - Arabian Gulf/US Gulf  ■ TD3 - Arabian Gulf/Japan
■ TD4 - West Africa/US Gulf  ■ TD15 - West Africa/China
(source: Baltic Exchange)

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
2006

2007

2008

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

BDTI (Baltic Exchange Dirty Tanker Index) Rate Evolution (WS)
■ TD5 - West Africa/US Atlantic Coast 
■ TD6 - Black Sea/Mediterranean
(source: Baltic Exchange)

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013 2014

Spring  and  summer  months  are  seasonally  quieter  than  the 
rest  of  the  year  but  this  year  the  market  softened  primarily 
due to one of the largest refinery shutdowns in modern history. 
From September onward a number of positive drivers emerged. 
Owners maintained a more bullish stance and were rewarded 
with  higher  volumes  to  the  Asian  markets  which  contributed 
together with lower supply growth of tonnage to rate expansion 
on key routes. Finally, the dislocation on traditional routes from 
the location changes in global crude output – most notably the 
USA  and  shale  –  has  increased  average  voyage  lengths  and 
thus  taken  further  capacity  out  of  the  market  as  voyages  are 
longer and take more time. All these factors drove the market 
up to a level not seen in the last 5 years.

The average time charter equivalent (TCE) obtained by the Compa-
ny’s owned VLCC fleet in the Tankers International (TI) pool was 
about USD 27,625 per day for 2014 (in 2013: USD 18,300 per day).

The earnings of Euronav Suezmax time charter fleet was approxi-
mately USD 25,930 per day for 2014 (2013: USD 22,000 per day). 

The  average  daily  time  charter  equivalent  obtained  by  the 
Suezmax spot fleet traded by Euronav directly, was approxima-
tely USD 23,382 per day in 2014 (2013: USD 16,600 per day).

World Fleet VLCC Earnings (TCE)
■ BDTI (Baltic Exchange Dirty Tanker Index) VLCC TCE 
■ TI Actual
in USD (source: TI VLCC Database)

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

-10,000

-20,000

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

14

EURONAVFleet Growth 

The year 2014 saw negative fleet growth for the Suezmax fleet 
and very limited growth for the VLCC fleet. 

The  positive  dynamics  for  the  tanker  sector  prompted  an 
increase  in  orders  during  the  second  half  of  2014  but  with 
limited yard capacity most of these vessels are not expected to 
become operational until 2017 at the earliest.

VLCC Fleet Development
■ Removals Scenario  ■ Scrapped/Removed 
■ Forecast Additions  ■ Additions

Suezmax Fleet Development
■ Removals Scenario  ■ Scrapped/Removed 
■ Forecast Addition  ■ Additions

 % Fleet Growth
(source: Clarksons)

 % Fleet Growth
(source: Clarksons)

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

8%

6%

4%

40

2%

24

-11

16

4
-2
-3

-12

0%

-2%

-4%

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

53

54

62

49

30

-13

-25

-22

-27

-48

10%

8%

6%

4%

27

20

2%

45

38

45

43

6

4

-7

8

-10

-8

-13

-19

-7

-7

-20

Total
533

Total
539

Total
576

Total
612

Total
620

Total
633

Forecast
Total
648

Forecast
Total
676

-6%

-30

Total
378

Total
397

Total
433

Total
458

Total
478

Total
476

Forecast
Total
479

Forecast
Total
491

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

0%

-2%

-4%

-6%

15

Overview of the MarketFloating Storage and Offloading and Floating Storage Production and 
Offloading (FSO/FPSO) Market 

FSOs provide offshore field storage and offloading in a variety of 
situations. To provide offshore field storage of oil and conden-
sate, they are primarily used in conjunction with other floating 
production systems:

 ■ Fixed platforms
 ■ MOPUs (Mobile Offshore Production Units) 
 ■ Semis (production Semisubmersibles)
 ■ TLPs (Tension Leg Platforms)
 ■ Spars (Single Point Anchor Reservoirs)

They  are  also  used  as  offshore  storage/export  facilities  for 
onshore  production  fields  and  as  storage/blending/tranship-
ment  terminals  for  crude  oil  or  refined  products.  Most  FSOs 
store  oil,  although  there  are  a  few  LPG  (Liquefied  Petroleum 
Gas) or LNG (Liquefied Natural Gas) FSOs. 

As  of  1  January  2015  there  were  271  floating  production 
systems in service or available worldwide whereof 93 floating 
storage/offloading  units.  There  were  8  FSOs  (5  conversions, 

2  redeployments  and  1  newbuilding)  awarded  in  2014.  In  the 
course of 2014, 9 FSOs (6 conversions and 3 newbuildings) were 
delivered. Around December 2014 there were 9 FSOs (6 conver-
sions and 3 newbuildings) under construction. The inventory of 
FSOs has decreased over the past four years from its highs in 
2010 and 2012. This is mainly due to scrapping of 1970’s-built 
tankers that were being used to store crude or fuel oil.

Orders for 33 FSOs have been placed over the past five years 
which reflects an average of 6.6 annually. Around 12% of these 
orders involved purpose-built FSOs, with the majority utilizing 
existing tanker hulls for conversion to an FSO. The number of 
FSO projects has increased over the past five years and 235 proj-
ects (that potentially required a floating production or storage 
system) are in the bidding, design, planning or appraisal stage. 

235 projects involving floating production or storage systems planned or under study
■ Bidding/Final Design  ■ Planning  ■ Appraisal
(source: Energy Maritime Associates Pte Ltd.)

17

16

7

18

12

13

a
c
i
r
f
A

l
i
z
a
r
B

19

12

7

a
i
s
A
t
s
a
E
h
t
u
o
S

5

15

7

o
c
i
x
e
M

f
o
f
l
u
G

5

18

3

e
p
o
r
u
E
n
r
e
h
t
r
o
N

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

16

2

7

4

/
a
i
l
a
r
t
s
u
A

d
n
a
l
a
e
Z
w
e
N

3

6

4

n
a
e
n
a
r
r
e
t
i
d
e
M

5

4
1

t
s
a
E
e
l
d
d
M

i

/
a
i
s
A
t
s
e
W
h
t
u
o
S

2

5

2

i

a
n
h
C
/
a
i
s
A
t
s
a
E
h
t
u
o
S

5

2

a
d
a
n
a
C

2
2
2

s
e
i
r
t
n
u
o
C

n
a
c
i
r
e
m
A
h
t
u
o
S
r
e
h
t
O

1
1
n
a
e
b
b

i
r
a
C

1

d
e
n
fi
e
d

e
b

o
T

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Euronav fl eet 

Overview of the year 2014 

On 16 March 2015 Euronav’s owned and operated fl eet consists 
of 52 double hulled vessels being 1 V-Plus vessel, 2 FSO vessels 
(both owned in 50%-50% joint venture), 26 VLCCs (of which 1 in 
joint venture) and 23 Suezmaxes (of which 4 in joint venture). At 
the time of writing this report, the delivery of the fourth vessel 
of the four acquired Japanese-built VLCC vessels as announced 
on 8 July 2014, the TBN Hakata (2010 – 302,550 dwt), is expected 
to take place early in the second quarter of 2015. 

At the time of preparing this report (16 March 2015), Euronav’s 
tonnage profi le is as follows:

VLCC and V-Plus owned  

VLCC chartered in 

FSO owned  

Suezmax owned  

Suezmax chartered in 

8,038,776.50 dwt

305,749.00 dwt

442,000.00 dwt

3,107,299.50 dwt

158,574.00 dwt

Total owned and controlled tonnage 

12,052,399.00 dwt

After taking delivery of the TBN Hakata, Euronav will own and 
operate 53 double hull tankers (including FSO vessels) with an 
aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 12.4 million dwt. 
On 16 March 2015 the weighted average age of the Company’s 
trading fl eet including the TBN Hakata was approximately 7.5 years. 

The majority of Euronav’s VLCC fl eet is operated in the Tankers 
International pool (TI pool) in the voyage freight market. The 
TI pool is one of the largest modern exclusively double hulled 
fl eets worldwide and comprises on 16 March 2015 40 vessels 
of which 24 vessels operated by Euronav. The average age of 
Euronav’s  owned  VLCC  fl eet  on  16  March  2015  is  6.8  years. 
In addition, the pool formed a commercial joint venture with 
Frontline since 6 October 2014. This combination is the largest 
provider of spot VLCC tonnage in the world and is operating 
under the name VLCC Chartering Ltd.

Part of Euronav’s Suezmax fl eet is chartered out on long-term 
contracts. The other part of the Suezmax fl eet is operated on 
the spot market by Euronav’s spot desk directly. On 16 March 
2015 the average age of the Suezmax fl eet is 9.3 years.

Both of Euronav’s FSO vessels are chartered out and committed 
until 2017. 

Euronav has in-house ship management which positions its 
fl eet at the top of the market for tanker assets and services. 
The benefi ts that are derived from in-house management are 
in  asset  maintenance,  enhanced  customer  service  and  risk 
management.  Charterers  are  more  than  ever  seeking  to  do 
business exclusively with superior quality operators whether 
through fi xed rate long-term business or in the spot market.

Change in accounting policy: fi rst-year adoption of 
IFRS 10 & IFRS 11
The Company is applying the new accounting standards 
IFRS 10 and IFRS 11 as of 1 January 2014. As a result, 
the consolidation method applied to joint ventures has 
changed. Consequently, all the joint ventures in which the 
Company has an interest have now been accounted for, 
using the equity method and are reported in the income 
statement under the line “Share of profi t (loss) of equity 
accounted investees”. For more details about the impact 
of the fi rst-time adoption of IFRS 10 and IFRS 11, please 
see note “v” of the signifi cant accounting policies included 
in the notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements for 
the period ended 31 December 2013 in our annual report 
2013 and note “2(e)” in our annual report 2014.

The fi rst quarter

For the fi rst quarter of 2014, the Company had a net result of USD 
1.4 million or USD 0.02 per share (fi rst quarter 2013: USD -10.7 
million and USD -0.21 per share). EBITDA for the same period was 
USD 47.3 million (fi rst quarter 2013: USD 29.2 million). The average 
daily time charter equivalent rates (TCE) obtained by the Company’s 
fl eet in the TI pool was approximately USD 34,777 (fi rst quarter 
2013: USD 21,000). The TCE of the Euronav Suezmax fl eet fi xed on 
long-term time charters, including profi t shares when applicable, 
was USD 27,350 per day (fi rst quarter 2013: USD 23,400 per day) 
and the average daily TCE obtained by the Suezmax spot fl eet 
was approximately USD 26,800 (fi rst quarter 2013: USD 16,750). 

January
Euronav
The VLCC Ardenne Venture (2004 - 318,658 dwt) was delivered to 
its new owners under the sale for USD 41.7 million announced on 
14 November 2013. The capital gain for Euronav of approximately 
USD 2.2 million was recognised in the fi rst quarter of 2014.

Euronav entered into a contract to acquire fi fteen VLCCs from 
Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. for a total acquisition price 
of USD 980 million. At the time of the acquisition, the vessels 
had an average age of 4 years. 

Euronav sold its oldest double-hulled VLCC Luxembourg (1999 
– 299,150 dwt) for USD 28 million resulting in a capital gain of 
USD  6.4  million,  which  was  recognised  upon  delivery  to  its 
new owner on 28 May 2014. The vessel was wholly owned by 
Euronav.  The  vessel  will  be  converted  into  a  FPSO  and  will 
therefore leave the world VLCC trading fl eet.

Overview of the Market

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
Euronav  received  USD  50  million  gross  proceeds  upon  the 
issuance  of  5,473,571  of  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares  in 
an equity offering at EUR 6.70 per share (based on the USD/
EUR exchange rate of USD 1.3634 in effect on 6 January 2014). 
The  proceeds  of  the  offering  were  used  to  partially  fi nance 
the acquisition of the fi fteen VLCCs. This capital increase was 
decided upon in the framework of the authorised capital and with 
cancellation of the preferential subscription right of the existing 
shareholders. More information regarding the conditions and 
the effective consequence thereof is available in the special 
report of the Board of Directors in this respect which can be 
accessed on Euronav’s website www.euronav.com.

After reaching an agreement with private investors in December 
2013, Euronav received USD 150 million gross proceeds upon 
the  issuance  of  60  perpetual  convertible  preferred  equity 
securities,  each  with  a  denomination  of  USD  2.5  million. 
The proceeds of the issuance were used to strengthen the 
Company’s balance sheet liquidity, to diversify funding sources 
and for general corporate and working capital purposes.

 ■ Maersk  Heiwa  (2011-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Hyundai  for 

12 months at USD 24,000 per day.

 ■ Spyros (2007-VLCC) chartered out to Navig8 for 6 months 

at USD 24,000 per day.

 ■ Grand  China  (2010-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Navig8  for 

12 months at USD 32,000 per day.

February
  Euronav
Euronav  issued  USD  235.5  million  in  aggregate  principal 
amount of 7-year redeemable unsecured bonds. The bonds 
were issued at 85% of their principal amount with an interest 
rate of 5.95% per annum for the fi rst year which would increase 
to  8.50%  per  annum  for  the  second  and  the  third  year  and 
would further increase to 10.20% per annum from year four 
until maturity in 2021. The Company was entitled to redeem 
the bonds at any time at par. The proceeds of the bonds were 
used to partially fi nance the acquisition of 15 VLCCs entered 
into in January.

In the market
 ■ Maersk  Hayama  (2011-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Koch  for 

12 months at USD 25,000 per day.

Euronav agreed to charter-in two vessels for a period of 12 
months, the VLCC Maersk Hojo (2013 – 302,965 dwt) and the 
VLCC Maersk Hirado (2011 – 302,550 dwt), with the option to 

18

EURONAV

offering at EUR 6.70 per share (based on the USD/EUR exchange 
rate of USD 1.3634 in effect on 6 January 2014). The proceeds 
of the offering were used to partially fi nance the acquisition 
of the 15 VLCCs.

Euronav took delivery of the second vessel of the 15 vessels 
acquired in January: the Nucleus (2007 – 307,284 dwt).

In the market
 ■ SKS Skeena (2006-Suezmax) chartered out to BP for 12 months 

at USD 19,000 per day.

 ■ Aegean Horizon (2007-Suezmax) chartered out to Koch for 
6 months option 6 months at USD 18,000 per day and USD 21,000 
per day for the option.

March
  Euronav
Euronav Ship Management Antwerp (ESMA) successfully took 
over  the  ship  management  of  the  vessel  FSO  Africa  (2002  – 
442,000 dwt), owned by TI Africa Ltd. Her sister vessel FSO Asia 
(2002 – 442,000 dwt) is already managed by ESMA as from the 
conversion of the vessel into an FSO in 2009. 

The  Company  agreed  to  extend  the  period  of  the  purchase 
option on the Antarctica (2009 – 315,981 dwt) and the Olympia 
(2008 – 315,981 dwt) by one month, until 30 April 2014.

Euronav signed a new USD 500 million senior secured credit 
facility. The facility was available as from 25 March 2014 for the 
purpose of fi nancing the acquisition of 15 VLCCs announced in 
January 2014. The credit facility has a 6-year maturity as from 
closing the syndication and bears interest at a rate based on 
LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75%.

In the market
 ■ Eagle San Antonio (2012-Suezmax) chartered out to Total for 

12 months at USD 20,750 per day.

The second quarter

The Company had a net result of USD -21.3 million (fi rst semester 
2013: USD -39.3 million) or USD -0.20 per share (fi rst semester 
2013: USD -0.79) for the fi rst semester 2014. EBITDA for the 
same period was USD 68.6 million (fi rst semester 2013: USD 
44.7 million). The fi nancial result is affected by USD 9.3 million 
of amortisation of fi nancial expenses (non-cash) of which the 
main part is related to the fi nancing of the acquisition of the 
15 VLCCs from Maersk. The average daily TCE obtained by the 
Company’s fl eet in the TI pool was approximately USD 19,150 
(second quarter 2013: USD 14,200). The TCE of the Euronav 
Suezmax fl eet fi xed on long-term time charters, including profi t 

Overview of the Market

19

extend the charter for an additional 12 months. The time charters 
respectively  commenced  on  24  March  2014  and  3  May  2014 
upon delivery of the vessel. 

Euronav issued 9,459,286 ordinary shares upon the contribution 
in kind of 30 out of the 60 issued and outstanding perpetual 
convertible preferred equity securities. This capital increase 
was decided upon in the framework of the authorised capital 
and with cancellation of the preferential subscription right of 
the  existing  shareholders.  More  information  regarding  the 
conditions and the effective consequence thereof is available 
in the special report of the Board of Directors in this respect 
which can be accessed on Euronav’s website www.euronav.com.

Euronav released a redemption notice, reporting that Euronav 
would exercise its right to redeem on 9 April 2014 all of the 
convertible  bonds  issued  in  2013  and  maturing  in  2018  not 
converted before 2 April 2014. 

Euronav took delivery of the fi rst of the 15 vessels acquired in 
January: the Nautilus (2006 – 307,284 dwt).

Euronav  received  gross  proceeds  of  USD  300  million  upon 
the issuance of 32,841,528 of our ordinary shares in an equity 

shares when applicable, was USD 20,170 per day (second quarter 
2013: USD 21,000 per day) and the average daily TCE obtained by 
the Suezmax spot fleet was approximately USD 20,500 (second 
quarter 2013: USD 18,400). 

May
  Euronav
Euronav took delivery of the third vessel of the 15 vessels acquired 
in January: the Navarin (2007 – 307,284 dwt).

April
  Euronav
Euronav redeemed all of the convertible bonds issued in 2013 
and maturing in 2018 and which were not converted before 2 
April  2014.  None  of  the  convertible  bonds  maturing  in  2018 
remain outstanding.

The purchase option to buy the Olympia (2008 – 315,981 dwt) 
and the Antarctica (2009 – 315,981 dwt) was exercised for an 
aggregate  purchase  price  of  USD  178  million.  The  USD  20 
million option fee that the Company received in January 2011 
was deducted from the purchase price. The sale resulted in 
an estimated combined capital loss of USD 7.4 million which 
was recorded in the second quarter of 2014.

The VLCC Luxembourg (1999 – 299,150 dwt) was delivered to its 
new owner and a capital gain of USD 6.4 million was recorded 
in the second quarter of 2014.

Between 1 January and 22 April 2014 Euronav’s share capital 
increased several times following the conversion of conver-
tible bonds issued in 2013 and maturing in 2018. These capital 
increases were decided upon as a result of the conversion of 
convertible bonds issued in the framework of the authorised 
capital and with cancellation of the preferential subscription 
right of the existing shareholders. More information regarding 
the conditions and the effective consequence thereof is available 
in the special report in this respect which can be accessed on 
Euronav’s website www.euronav.com. 

In the market
 ■ Yasa Southern Cross (2010-Suezmax) chartered out to Sta-

na for 12 months at USD 18,000 per day.

 ■ Yasa Scorpion (2010-Suezmax) chartered out to Stana for 

12  months at USD 18,000 per day.

 ■ Suez  George  (2011-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  Vitol  for 
6  months  option  6  months  at  USD  18,000  per  day  and 
USD 19,000 per day for the option.

 ■ Suez  Vasilis  (2011-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  Vitol  for 
6  months  option  6  months  at  USD  18,000  per  day  and 
USD 19,000 per day for the option.

In the market
 ■ Bunga Kasturi Tiga (2006-VLCC) chartered out to CPC for  

12 months at USD 23,500 per day.

June
  Euronav
In  the  course  of  June  2014  Euronav  took  delivery  of  another 
five  vessels  of  the  15  vessels  acquired  in  January:  the  Sara 
(2011 – 323,183 dwt), the Newton (2009 – 307,284 dwt), the Ilma 
(2012 – 314,000 dwt), the Nautic (2008 – 307,284 dwt) and the 
Ingrid (2012 – 314,000 dwt).

In the market
 ■ Monte Toledo (2004-Suezmax) chartered out to Cepsa for  

3 years USD 22,000 per day.

The third quarter

For  the  third  quarter  2014,  the  Company  had  a  net  result  of 
USD  -20.6  million  (third  quarter  2013:  USD  -27.1  million)  or 
USD -0.16 (third quarter 2013: USD -0.54) per share. EBITDA 
for the same period was USD 36.3 million (third quarter 2013: 
USD  16.6  million).  The  financial  result  was  affected  by  USD 
12.4 million of amortisation of financial expenses (non-cash) of 
which the main part was related to the financing of the acquisi-
tion of the 15 VLCCs in January. The TCE obtained by the Com-
pany’s VLCC fleet in the TI pool was approximately USD 25,000 
per day (third quarter 2013: USD 14,000 per day). The TCE of 
the Suezmax fleet fixed on long-term time charters, including 
profit shares when applicable, was USD 21,500 per day (third 
quarter 2013: USD 21,000 per day) and the average daily TCE 
obtained  by  the  Suezmax  spot  fleet  was  approximately  USD 
22,750 (third quarter 2013: USD 17,000). 

July
  Euronav
Euronav  entered  into  an  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  four 
modern Japanese built VLCC vessels for an aggregate purchase 
price of USD 342 million. At the time of their acquisition, the 
vessels were on average three years old. 

20

EURONAVEuronav raised 125 million USD through a private placement of 
10,556,808 new shares to institutional investors selected through 
an accelerated book build offering. The funds raised were used to 
partially finance its purchase of four VLCC vessels as announced 
on 8 July 2014. This capital increase was decided upon in the 
framework of the authorised capital and with cancellation of 
the preferential subscription right of the existing shareholders. 
More information regarding the conditions and the effective 
consequence thereof is available in the special report of the 
Board of Directors in this respect which can be accessed on 
Euronav’s website www.euronav.com.

The  Board  of  Directors  unanimously  appointed  Mr.  Peter  G. 
Livanos as permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited, 
as Chairman of the Board, with immediate effect in replacement 
of Mr. Marc Saverys who was appointed Vice-Chairman of the 
Board of Directors.

In the course of July 2014 Euronav took delivery of another 6 
vessels of the 15 vessels acquired in January: the Noble (2008 
-  307,284  dwt),  the  Nectar  (2008  -  307,284  dwt),  the  Simone 
(2012 - 314,000 dwt), the Neptun (2007 - 307,284 dwt), the Sonia 
(2012 - 314,000 dwt) and the Iris (2012 – 314,000 dwt).

In the market
 ■ Spyros (2007-VLCC) chartered out to Core Petroleum for 

12 months at USD 24,750 per day.

 ■ Cosgrace  Lake  (2006-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Tesoro  for 

12 months at USD 24,750 per day.

In the market
 ■ Maran  Corona  (2003-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  BP  for  24 

months at USD 29,250 per day.

 ■ Alter Ego (2001-VLCC) chartered out to Core Petroleum for  

18 months at USD 25,000 per day.

 ■ Chloe (2011-VLCC) chartered out to Tesoro for 24 months at 

USD 25,000 per day.

 ■ Euronike (2005-Suezmax) chartered out to BP for 12 months 
option 12 months at USD 19,000 per day with an additional 
profit share.

 ■ Eurochampion 2004 (2005-Suezmax) chartered out to BP for 
12 months option 12 months at USD 19,300 per day with an 
additional profit share. 

 ■ Front  Ardenne  (1997-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  ISS  for  

12 months at USD 18,250 per day. 

September
  Euronav
Euronav filed a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission for a proposed initial public 
offering of its ordinary shares in the United States of America.

The VLCC Olympia (2008 – 315,981 dwt) was delivered to its new 
owners. The delivery took place earlier than expected resulting 
in  an  increased  purchase  price  and  a  corresponding  gain  on 
disposal of assets of USD 2.4 million which was recorded in the 
third quarter of 2014. 

 ■ Kamakshi  Prem  (2006-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Trafigura 

for 24 months at USD 26,000 per day.

In the market
 ■ Ellinis (2007-VLCC) chartered out to BP for 24 months at 

 ■ Eagle San Diego (2012-Suezmax) chartered out to BP for  

USD 30,000 per day.

 ■ Four  Smile  (2001-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  Teekay  for 
12 months option 12 months at USD 22,850 per day and USD 
24,850 per day for the option.

 ■ SKS Sini (2003-Suezmax) chartered out to Solal for 6 months 
option 6 months at USD 22,500 per day and USD 22,750 per 
day for the option.

 ■ Odessa (2013-Suezmax) chartered out to PDV for 12 months 

at USD 39,750 per day (coated vessel).

12 months at USD 20,500 per day.

 ■ Aegean  Angel  (2004-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  Koch 
for 6 months option 6 months at USD 20,000 per day and 
USD 20,400 per day for the option.

 ■ Suez Rajan (2011-Suezmax) chartered out to Trafigura for  

17 months at USD 19,300 per day.

August
  Euronav
The owners of the Cap Isabella (2013 – 157,258 dwt), which Euronav 
had on bareboat charter, decided to sell the vessel. Euronav was 
entitled to a share of the profit should the selling price exceed a 
certain threshold and booked a profit of USD 4.3 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2014.

21

Overview of the MarketThe fourth quarter 

The  Company  had  a  net  result  of  USD  -3.9  million  (fourth 
quarter 2013: USD -23.3 million) for the three months ended 
31 December 2014 or USD -0.03 per share (fourth quarter 
2013: USD -0.46 per share). EBITDA was USD 67.6 million 
(fourth  quarter  2013:  USD  20.9  million).  For  the  full  year 
ending  31  December  2014,  the  net  results  are  USD  -45.8 
million (2013: USD -89.7 million) or USD -0.39 per share (2013: 
USD -1.79 per share). The TCE obtained by the Company’s 
fleet in the TI pool was for the fourth quarter approximately 
USD 31,650 per day (fourth quarter 2013: USD 24,000 per day). 
The earnings of the Euronav Suezmax fleet fixed on long-term 
time charters, including profit shares when applicable, were 
USD  30,513  per  day  for  the  fourth  quarter  (fourth  quarter 
2013: USD 23,400 per day). The TCE obtained by the Suezmax 
spot  fleet  was  approximately  USD  24,248  per  day  for  the 
fourth quarter (fourth quarter 2013: USD 14,500 per day). 

In the market
 ■ Smiti (2005-VLCC) chartered out to HMM for 24 months 

at USD 28,300 per day.

 ■ Houston (2012-VLCC) chartered out to Koch for 12 months 

at USD 30,500 per day.

 ■ Arion (2001-VLCC) chartered out to BP for 12 months at  

USD 28,500 per day.

 ■ Ashna  (1999-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Petroineos  for 

18 months at USD 27,100 per day.

 ■ 17 February (2008-Suezmax) chartered out to Navig8 for 

12 months at USD 21,750 per day.

 ■ Skamandros  (2012-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  BP  for 

12 months at USD 22,000 per day plus profit share.

November
In the market
 ■ Amantea  (2002-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Petrobras  for  

36 months at USD 30,000 per day.

Time charter equivalent for the full year:

 ■ Suez George (2011-Suezmax) chartered out to Vitol for  

12 months at USD 25,000 per day.

In USD

VLCC spot

2014

2013

 ■ Suez  Vasilis  (2011-Suezmax)  chartered  out  to  Vitol  for  

27,625 per day

18,300 per day

12 months at USD 25,000 per day.

Suezmax time charter

25,930 per day

22,000 per day

Suezmax spot

23,382 per day

16,600 per day

October
  Euronav
Euronav operates its spot VLCC tonnage through the Tankers 
International pool of which it is a founding member. Since 6 
October 2014 the pool has been operating in a joint venture 
with  Frontline.  This  combination  is  the  largest  provider  of 
spot VLCC tonnage in the world and is operating under the 
name VLCC Chartering Ltd. 

The  Suezmax  Cap  Isabella  (2013  –  157,258  dwt),  which  the 
Company had on bareboat charter, was delivered to its new 
owners and the Company booked a profit of USD 4.3 million 
in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Euronav took delivery of the fifteenth and last vessel of the 
acquisition of 15 VLCCs announced in January 2014: the Sandra 
(2011 – 323,527 dwt). 

Euronav signed a new USD 340 million senior secured credit 
facility  comprising  (i)  a  USD  192  million  term  loan  facility 
and  (ii)  a  USD  148  million  non-amortising  revolving  credit 
facility for the purpose of partially financing the acquisition of 
four VLCCs announced on 8 July and refinancing four existing 
Suezmax vessels.

 ■ Suez Fuzeyya (2011-Suezmax) chartered out to Vitol for  

12 months at USD 25,000 per day.

 ■ Maran Capella (1998-Suezmax) chartered out to Socar for  

12 months at USD 22,000 per day.

December
  Euronav
Towards  the  end  of  the  year  Euronav  took  delivery  of  the 
following two VLCCs (both part of the acquisition of four modern 
Japanese-built VLCC vessels announced on 8 July 2014): the 
Hojo (2013 – 302,965 dwt) and the Hakone (2010 - 302,624 dwt).

In the market
 ■ Desh  Vaibhav  (2005-VLCC)  chartered  out  to  Hanjin  for 

7 months at USD 33,000 per day.

 ■ Gloric (2006-VLCC) chartered out to BP for 12 months at  

USD 30,000 per day.

 ■ Patris (2000-VLCC) chartered out to BP for 12 months at  

USD 33,000 per day.

 ■ Xin Run Yang (2009-VLCC) chartered out to Trafigura for 

12 months at USD 36,000 per day.

 ■ Aias (2008-Suezmax) chartered out to Repsol for 36 months 

at USD 26,500 per day.

 ■ Eagle San Juan (2012-Suezmax) chartered out to BP for 

12 months at USD 25,000 per day.

 ■ Genmar Argus (2000-Suezmax) chartered out to Koch for 
12 months option 12 months at USD 26,500 per day and 
USD  32,000 per day for the option.

22

EURONAVEvents occurred after the end of the 
fi nancial year ending 31  December 
2014

On 15 January 2015 the VLCC Antarctica (2009 – 315,981 dwt) was 
delivered to its new owners for conversion into an FPSO. Delivery 
was earlier than expected, resulting in an increased purchase 
price and  a corresponding gain on disposal of assets of USD 
2.2 million which will be recorded in the fi rst quarter of 2015.

On 20 January 2015 Euronav announced the commencement 
of its underwritten initial public offering in the United States 
of 13,550,000 ordinary shares. 

the offering at an issue price per share of USD 12.25. As of this 
date, Euronav’s shares offered in the United States commenced 
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the 
ticker symbol “EURN.” On the same date Euronav launched its 
U.S. Exchange which enabled shareholders to reposition their 
shares that are listed and tradeable on Euronext Brussels into 
shares listed and tradeable on the NYSE.

On 28 January 2015 Euronav announced the closing of its initial 
public offering of 18,699,000 shares at a public offering price of 
USD 12.25 per share for gross proceeds of USD 229,062,750. 
This included the exercise in full by the underwriters of their 
overallotment option. 

On 23 January 2015 Euronav announced the upsizing (from the 
initially announced 13,550,000 shares to 16,260,000 shares) of 
its initial public offering in the United States as well as pricing of 

On 30 January 2015 Euronav issued a mandatory contribution 
notice pursuant to which it would exercise its right to request the 
contribution in kind of the 30 outstanding perpetual convertible 
preferred equity securities. 

Overview of the Market

23

On 31 January 2015 the 250 remaining outstanding fi xed rate 
senior unsecured convertible bonds, due 2015 with a face value 
of USD 100,000, have been fully redeemed at par. Euronav held 18 
of these bonds. As a result, since that date, no more convertible 
bonds remain outstanding.

On  6  February  2015  Euronav’s  share  capital  was  increased 
following the contribution in kind of 30 perpetual convertible 
preferred equity instruments issued on 15 December 2013 which 
resulted in the issuance of 9,459,283 new ordinary shares. These 
new shares are listed on both Euronext Brussels and the NYSE 
but tradeable only on Euronext Brussels. There are no more 
perpetual convertible preferred equity instruments outstanding.

On 19 February 2015 Euronav repaid the USD 235.5 million bond 
issued to partly fi nance the acquisition of 15 VLCCs from Maersk 
Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. As the bond was issued below par 
and in accordance with IFRS, the Company amortised USD 20.4 
million (non-cash) in the fourth quarter of 2014 bringing the 

amortisation related to this bond for the full year 2014 to USD 
31.9 million (non-cash) and a further USD 4.1 million (non-cash) 
in the fi rst quarter of 2015.

On 26 February 2015 Euronav took delivery of the VLCC Hirado 
(2011 – 302,550 dwt) which was part of the acquisition of four 
modern Japanese-built VLCC vessels announced on 8 July 2014.

On  23  March  2015  Euronav  closed  its  U.S.  Exchange  Offer 
which enabled shareholders to reposition their shares that 
are  listed  and  tradeable  on  Euronext  Brussels  into  shares 
listed and tradeable on the NYSE.

Prospects for 2015 

In 2015, according to Clarksons, VLCC deadweight demand is 
projected to increase by 2.1%. This is largely supported by an 
expected 7% increase from last year in VLCC crude trade on 

24

EURONAV

remains constructive for owners as the Suezmax and the VLCC 
fl eet will expand by only 2-3% over the next two years. This does 
not include the potential for order slippage, which has continued 
to remain high (over 30% for both VLCC and Suezmax fl eets 
on average between 2009 and 2013, according to Drewry’s).

Tanker markets should continue to grow but are expected to 
remain volatile with little or no growth of the VLCC and Suezmax 
fl eets over the next 18-24 months. A more balanced supply growth 
coupled with the impact of increased ton-miles should further 
improve the state of the tanker market for 2015 and beyond. 

the West-Africa (WAF)-Far East route. The projected growth of 
Chinese crude imports in 2015 is expected to drive signifi cant 
growth of VLCC crude trade on this route. Similarly, VLCC crude 
trade on the Arabian Gulf (AG)-Japan, China, Korea routes is 
expected to rise by 1% in 2015. Suezmax crude trade volumes 
are expected to increase by 2% from 2014, also according to 
Clarksons. This is partially supported by an expectation of a 
recovery in overall crude trade from both the AG to India and 
the newer route Caribbean to India. As the Indian refi nery sector 
is expected to continue to grow in 2015, it is likely that India 
will  source  more  crude  from  countries  in  the  Arabian  Gulf. 
Meanwhile,  Suezmax  crude  volumes  on  the  Mediterranean/
Black  Sea-United  Kingdom  and  Continent  (UKC)  routes  are 
projected to increase by 3% from 2014.

The  tanker  fl eet  order  book  is  at  his  lowest  since  1997.  The 
prospect over the next two years is positive as the world fl eet 
growth is expected to be decreasing. On the newbuilding front, 
given  the  lead  times  for  building  large  tankers,  the  outlook 

Overview of the Market

25

Corporate Governance 
Statement 

Introduction 

Reference code 
Euronav has adopted the Belgian Code on Corporate Governance 
(dated 12 March 2009) as its reference code. The code can be 
consulted on the website of the Belgian Corporate Governance 
Committee: www.corporategovernancecommittee.be.

Following the capital increases which took place after 31 December 
2014, the registered share capital at the time of preparing this 
report (16 March 2015) amounts to USD 173,046,122.14 and is 
represented by 159,208,949 shares without par value.

For a complete overview of these capital increases, the Company 
refers to the section “Events occurred after the end of the fi nancial 
year ending 31 December 2014” in the Director’s report. 

The  full  text  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Charter  can  be 
consulted on the Company’s website: www.euronav.com.

The shares are in registered or dematerialised form. 

New York Stock Exchange Listing 
Following the dual listing on the New York Stock Exchange of 
the Company’s ordinary shares on 23 January 2015, the New 
York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance rules for Foreign 
Private  Issuers  are  also  applicable  to  the  Company.  The 
Company has also registered and become a reporting company 
under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
As a result of this listing, the Company will become subject to 
the  U.S.  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  to  certain  U.S. 
Securities laws and regulations relating to corporate gover-
nance applicable to reporting companies that are foreign private 
issuers.

1. Capital, shares and shareholders

1.1 Capital and shares
On 31 December 2014 the registered share capital of Euronav 
amounted  to  USD  142,440,546.45  and  was  represented  by 
131,050,666 shares without par value. 

1.2 Convertible bonds
On 24 September 2009 the Company issued 1,500 subordinated, 
fi xed-rate,  non-guaranteed  convertible  bonds  for  a  total  of 
USD 150 million. In the course of the fi rst quarter of 2012 the 
Company bought back 68 bonds of its USD 150 million fi xed 
rate senior unsecured convertible bonds, due 2015. The face 
value of each bond was USD 100,000 and the Company paid an 
average of USD 78,441.

On 1 February 2013 the Company launched an exchange offer on 
all outstanding bonds with maturity 31 January 2015 in exchange 
for newly issued convertible bonds maturing 31 January 2018. In 
aggregate, 1,250 bonds (USD 125 million) were offered meaning 
that only 250 bonds, maturing in 2015, remained outstanding, 
representing a total amount of USD 25 million.

Euronav offered the 68 notes due 2015 for exchange against 
notes due 2018. In the course of 2013 Euronav sold those 68 
notes  due  2018  and  bought  5  bonds  due  2015  at  an  average 
price of USD 92,000 per bond. On 27 February 2014 Euronav 
purchased another 13 bonds due 2015 at an average price of USD 

26

EURONAV

 
103,445 per bond. More details about these transactions can 
be found in the notes to the consolidated financial statements 
further in this annual report. 
During the period from 12 November 2013 till 22 April 2014 the 
Company issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 ordinary shares 
upon conversion at the holders’ option of 1,249 convertible bonds 
due 2018 for an aggregate principal amount USD 124,900,000.

an interest of 6% during the first 5 years payable annually in 
arrears in cash or in shares at the option of the Company. The 
price against which the instruments could be contributed was 
EUR 5.776000 (or USD 7.928715 at a EUR/USD exchange rate of 
1.3727000) per share. The Company had an option to force the 
contribution if (i) the share price reached a certain level over 
a certain period of time and (ii) the Company had completed a 
listing in New York (NYSE or NASDAQ).

On 20 February 2014 the Company exercised its right to redeem 
all  of  the  remaining  convertible  bonds  due  in  2018.  At  that 
time,  USD  4.9  million  or  less  than  10%  in  principal  amount 
of the convertible bonds due 2018 originally issued remained 
outstanding.

On 6 February 2014 the Company’s share capital was increased 
following the contribution in kind of 30 perpetual convertible 
preferred equity instruments which resulted in the issuance 
of 9,459,286 new ordinary shares. 

On 9 April 2014 Euronav redeemed the last convertible bond due 
in 2018 and outstanding as of 2 April 2014 for an aggregate of 
USD 101,227.78, which is the principal amount of a bond (USD 
100,000)  plus  accrued  but  unpaid  interest  from  31  January 
2014 to (but excluding) 9 April 2014. As a result, after 9 April 
2014, no convertible bonds due in 2018 remain outstanding. 

On 31 January 2015 the 250 remaining outstanding bonds issued 
in 2009 and due in 2015 with a face value of USD 100,000, have 
been fully redeemed at par. Euronav held 18 of these bonds. 
As a result, since that date, no more convertible bonds issued 
in 2009 and due in 2015 remain outstanding.

1.3 Perpetual convertible preferred equity instrument
On 13 January 2014 Euronav issued 60 perpetual convertible 
preferred equity instruments for a total issuance amount of 
USD 150,000,000. The instruments were issued at par and bear 

On 30 January 2015 Euronav issued a mandatory contribution notice 
that it would exercise its right to request the contribution of the 
30 outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities. 

On 6 February 2015 the Company’s share capital was increased 
following the contribution in kind of 30 perpetual convertible 
preferred equity instruments which resulted in the issuance 
of 9,459,283 new ordinary shares. These new shares are listed 
on both Euronext Brussels and the NYSE but tradeable only on 
Euronext Brussels. None of the perpetual convertible preferred 
equity instruments remain outstanding. 

1.4 Treasury shares
Euronav currently holds 1,750,000 own shares which were bought 
back at an average price of EUR 18.16. Besides the stock option 
plans for members of the Executive Committee (please refer to 
section 4.4. Remuneration policy for the Executive Committee and 

27

Corporate Governance Statement the employees further in this Corporate Governance Statement), 
there are no other share plans, stock options or other rights to 
acquire Euronav shares in place.

1.5 Shareholders and shareholders’ structure
On 31 December 2014 taken into account the declarations and 
information available to the Company at the time, the share-
holders’ structure was as follows:

Shareholder

Number of shares Percentage

Tanklog Holdings Ltd.

Saverco NV

York Capital Management 
Global Advisors LLC
BlueMountain Capital 
 Management LLC

Victrix NV

Euronav (treasury shares)

Other

Total

20,003,509 

16,379,539 

15.26%

12.50%

12,028,428 

9.18%

8,867,209 

7,580,345 

1,750,000 

6.77%

5.78%

1.34%

64,441,636

49.17%

131,050,666

100.00%

Taken  into  account  the  latest  declarations  and  information 
available to the Company, the shareholders’ structure (at the 
time of preparing this report) is as follows:

Shareholder

Number of shares Percentage

Tanklog Holdings Ltd.1 

Saverco NV1 

Victrix NV1 

BlueMountain Capital 
 Management LLC 

19,003,509

17,026,896

9,156,893

11.94%

10.69%

5.75% 

8,867,209

5.57%

Euronav (treasury shares)

1,750,000

1.10% 

64.95%

103,404,442

159,208,949

100.00% 

Other 

Total 

1 Including shares held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of the 
ultimate beneficial owner 

Shareholders’ structure Euronav NV 
on 16 March 2015

11.94% Tanklog Holdings Ltd.

10.69% Saverco NV

5.75%  Victrix NV
5.57%  BlueMountain Capital  

Management LLC
1.10%  Euronav NV (treasury shares)

64.95% Other

28

2. Board of Directors and Board Committees

2.1 Board of Directors
During  2014  the  composition  of  the  Board  of  Directors  was 
as follows:

Name 

Type of 
mandate

First 
 appointed 
as director

Peter G. Livanos1

Chairman

Marc Saverys

Vice-Chairman 

Paddy Rodgers

CEO

Daniel R. Bradshaw  Director

Ludwig Criel

Director

Alexandros Drouliscos

Julian Metherell2

Independent 
director
Independent 
director 

John Michael Radziwill Director

Virginie Saverys3

Director 

William Thomson

Alice Wingfield Digby

Independent 
director
Independent 
director

End term 
of office

AGM 2015

AGM 2016

AGM 2016

AGM 2017

AGM 2016

2005

2003

2003

2004

2003

2013

AGM 2017

2014

AGM 2018

2013

2003

AGM 2017

AGM 2016

2011

AGM 2015

2012

AGM 2016

1    Mr. Peter G. Livanos, as a permanent representative of Tanklog  Holdings 
 Limited, was appointed Chairman of the Board of  Directors on 22 July 2014 
in replacement of Mr. Marc Saverys who was  appointed Vice-Chairman 
of the Board of Directors.

2  Mr.  Julian  Metherell  was  appointed  independent  director  as  of  8  May 
2014 and member of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Corporate 
Governance and Nomination Committee as of his appointment. 
3  Mrs. Virginie Saverys, as a permanent representative of Victrix NV, resig-
ned from the Board of Directors immediately after the AGM of 8 May 2014.

Tanklog  Holdings  Limited,  Peter  G.  Livanos  (permanent 
representative) – Chairman
Peter G. Livanos serves as the Chairman of the Board of the 
Company  through  his  appointment  as  the  permanent  re- 
presentative of Tanklog Holdings Limited. Mr. Livanos has served 
on the Company’s Board of Directors since April 2005 and is 
a member of the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental 
Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Mr. Livanos is 
also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of GasLog Ltd. 
(NYSE:  GLOG)  (since  2003),  where  he  also  served  as  Chief 
Executive Officer during the period from 2012 to 2013. In addition, 
Mr.  Livanos  is  the  Chairman  and  sole  shareholder  of  Ceres 
Shipping  Ltd.,  or  Ceres  Shipping,  an  international  shipping 
group, and currently serves as a director of GasLog Partners 
LP (NYSE: GLOP), DryLog Ltd., EnergyLog Ltd. and Tanklog 
Holdings Limited. In addition, Mr. Livanos is a member of the 
Council of the American Bureau of Shipping and Chairman of 
the  Greek  National  Committee.  In  1989  Mr.  Livanos  formed 
Seachem Tankers Ltd., which joined forces with Odfjell in 2000, 

EURONAV             
 
creating  Odfjell  ASA  (OSE:  ODF),  one  of  the  world’s  largest 
chemical tanker operators. He served on the Board of Directors 
of Odfjell SE until 2008. Mr. Livanos is a graduate of Columbia 
University in New York.

Marc Saverys – Vice-Chairman 
Marc Saverys, the Company’s Vice-Chairman, has served on 
the Board of Directors of the Company since its incorporation 
in 2003. During the period from 2003 through July 2014, he 
served as the Chairman of the Board. In 1976 Mr. Saverys joined 
the chartering department of Bocimar, the dry bulk division 
of CMB. In 1985 Mr. Saverys established the dry bulk division 
of EXMAR and in 1991 he became managing director of CMB, 
a  position  that  he  held  until  September  2014  when  he  was 
appointed Chairman of CMB. Mr. Saverys has also served as 
the Chairman of Delphis NV since March 2004 and as a Board 
member of Sibelco NV and Mediafin NV since June 2005 and 
October 2005, respectively. He holds various directorships in 
companies belonging to the CMB and Euronav group and is the 
founder and Chairman of the private foundation Durabilis. He 
graduated with a degree in law from the University of Ghent.

Paddy Rodgers – CEO
Patrick  Rodgers  serves  and  has  served  on  the  Board  of 
Directors  since  June  2003  and  has  been  a  member  of  the 
Executive Committee since 2004. Mr. Rodgers was appointed 
Chief Financial Officer of the predecessor of the Company in 
1998 and has been Chief Executive Officer since 2000. Since 
2005  Mr.  Rodgers  holds  various  directorships  in  companies 
belonging to the CMB and Euronav group. Mr. Rodgers currently 
serves as a director and Chairman of the International Tanker 
Owners Pollution Federation Fund since 2011. From 1990 to 
1995 Mr. Rodgers worked at CMB group as an in-house lawyer 
and subsequently as Shipping Executive. Mr. Rodgers began his 
career in 1982 as a trainee lawyer with Keene Marsland & Co. In 
1984 he joined Bentley, Stokes & Lowless as a qualified lawyer 
and in 1986 he joined Johnson, Stokes & Master in Hong Kong as 
a solicitor. Mr. Rodgers graduated in law from University College 
London in 1981 and from the College of Law, Guildford in 1982.

Daniel R. Bradshaw – Director
Daniel R. Bradshaw has served on the Board of Directors since 
2004, and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and 
the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nomination 
Committee.  Since  2014  Mr.  Bradshaw  has  served  as  an  in- 
dependent director of GasLog Partners LP (NYSE: GLOP), a 
Marshall Islands limited partnership. Since 2013 Mr. Bradshaw 
has been a director of Greenship Offshore Manager Pte Ltd. 
and since 2010 he has served as an independent non-executive 
director of IRC Limited, a company listed in Hong Kong, which 
operates iron mines in far eastern Russia, and is affiliate of 
Petropavlovsk  PLC,  a  London-listed  mining  and  exploration 
company.  Since  2006,  Mr.  Bradshaw  has  been  a  director  of 

Pacific Basin Shipping Company Limited, a company listed in 
Hong Kong and operating in the Handysize bulk carrier sector. 
Since  1978  Mr.  Bradshaw  has  worked  at  Johnson  Stokes  & 
Master, now Mayer Brown JSM, in Hong Kong, from 1983 to 
2003 as a partner and since 2003 as a senior consultant. From 
2003 until 2008 Mr. Bradshaw was a member of the Hong Kong 
Maritime Industry Council. From 1993 to 2001 he served as 
Vice-Chairman of the Hong Kong Shipowners’ Association and 
was a member of the Hong Kong Port and Maritime Board until 
2003. Mr. Bradshaw began his career with the New Zealand 
law firm Bell Gully and in 1974 joined the international law firm 
Sinclair Roche & Temperley in London. Mr. Bradshaw obtained 
a Bachelor of Laws and a Master of Laws degree at the Victoria 
University of Wellington (New Zealand).

Ludwig Criel – Director
Ludwig Criel has served on the Board of Directors since the 
Company’s  incorporation  in  2003  and  is  a  member  of  the 
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. Mr. Criel 
has been the Chairman of De Persgroep since 1996. Mr. Criel 
has served as a director of CMB and of EXMAR NV since 1991. 
Since 1983 he has held various management functions within 
the Almabo/EXMAR group and was made Chief Financial Officer 
of  CMB  in  1993.  In  1999  Mr.  Criel  was  appointed  managing 
director of the Wah Kwong group in Hong Kong. Mr. Criel joined 
Boelwerf as a project manager in 1976. He is Vice-Chairman 
of the West of England P&I Club. In 1974 Mr. Criel graduated 
in applied economic sciences from the University of Ghent. He 
also holds a degree in management from the Vlerick School 
of Management.

Alexandros Drouliscos – Independent director
Alexandros Drouliscos has served on the Board of Directors 
since May 2013 and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee 
and is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Since 1999 
he held the position of managing director at a family-owned 
European  bank,  Union  Bancaire  Privée.  From  1986  to  1992 
Mr.  Drouliscos  held  the  position  of  Vice  President  at  Chase 
Manhattan Bank NA, working as a Credit Officer and then as 
an Investment Officer, and subsequently, from 1992 to 1997, as 
a Senior Vice President at Merrill Lynch. He graduated from 
the American University in Athens with a Bachelor’s degree 
in  Business  Administration  in  1982  and  then  continued  his 
postgraduate studies at Heriott Watt University in Edinburgh, 
with an M.Sc. in International Banking.

Julian Metherell – Independent director 
Julian Metherell has served on the Board of Directors since 
May 2014, and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee 
and  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination  Committee. 
Mr. Metherell also serves as a director of GasLog Ltd., a NYSE 
listed owner and operator of LNG carriers (since October 2011), 
and is the Chief Financial Officer and a director of Genel Energy 

29

Corporate Governance Statement Very Large Gas Carriers (VLGC), long-range and medium-range 
vessels. From 1980 to 2008 Mr. Thomson has been Chairman 
in several maritime and other companies including Forth Ports 
Plc, British Ports Federation and Relayfast, and the North of 
England P&I club. Mr. Thomson previously served as a director 
of Trinity Lighthouse Service, Tibbett and Britten and Caledonian 
McBrayne. From 1970 to 1986 he was a director with Ben Line, for 
which he worked in, amongst others, Japan, Indonesia, Taiwan 
and Edinburgh. In 1985 he established Edinburgh Tankers and 
five years later, Forth and Celtic Tankers. After serving with 
the army for three years, Mr. Thomson began his professional 
career with Killick Martin Shipbrokers in London.

Alice Wingfield Digby – Independent director
Alice  Wingfield  Digby  has  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors 
since  May  2012,  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance 
and Nomination Committee, a member of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Chairman of the Health, Safety, Security 
and Environmental Committee. Mrs. Wingfield Digby currently 
works at Pritchard-Gordon Tankers Ltd., where she started as 
Chartering Manager in 1999. Since 1995 she has served as a 
member of the Board of Directors of Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon 
& Co., Pritchard-Gordon Tankers Ltd. and Giles W. Pritchard-
Gordon  (Shipowning)  Ltd.,  and  since  2005  as  a  member  of 
the  Board  of  Giles  W.  Pritchard-Gordon  (Farming)  Ltd.  and 
Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon (Australia) Pty Ltd. Mrs. Wingfield 
Digby has been a member of the Baltic Exchange since 2002. 
In the late nineties Mrs. Wingfield Digby joined the chartering 
department of Mobil before the merger with Exxon in 1999. From 
1995 to 1996 she trained with Campbell Maritime Limited, a ship 
management company in South Shields, and subsequently at 
British Marine Mutual P&I Club, SBJ Insurance Brokers and 
J. Hadjipateras in London after returning from working at sea 
as a deckhand on board a tanker trading around the Eastern 
Caribbean. In 1996 Mrs. Wingfield Digby was awarded the Shell 
International Trading and Shipping Award in tanker chartering 
from the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Plc, a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production 
company operating in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq (since 2011). 
Genel Energy Plc, the successor to Vallares Plc, is a publicly 
listed acquisition company which Mr. Metherell co-founded in 
April 2011. Mr. Metherell was a partner at the Goldman Sachs 
Group,  Inc.,  where  he  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of 
the UK investment banking division, prior to which he was a 
director in the European energy group at Dresdner Kleinwort, a 
London-based investment bank. Mr. Metherell is a graduate of 
Manchester University, where he received a B.Sc. degree, and 
of Cambridge University, where he received an M.B.A.

John Michael Radziwill  – Director 
John Michael Radziwill has served on the Board of Directors 
since  2013  and  is  a  member  of  the  Health,  Safety,  Security 
and Environmental Committee. Mr. Radziwill is also the Chief 
Executive Officer of C Transport Maritime S.A.M. in Monaco 
(since 2010), prior to which he served in its commercial depart-
ment as a Capesize freight trader from 2005 to 2006 and as 
the head of the sale and purchase division from 2006 through 
2010. From 2004 to 2005 Mr. Radziwill worked at H. Clarkson & 
Co. Ltd. and Seascope Insurance Services Ltd. both in London, 
England.  In  2003  he  joined  Ceres  Hellenic’s  Insurance  and 
Claims Department in Piraeus, Greece. Mr. Radziwill also serves 
as an advisor of SCP Clover Maritime, a company that manages 
assets and investments for Mr. John Radziwill, his father, and 
specifically for JM Maritime Investments Inc. and Bretta Tanker 
Holdings, Inc. Mr. John Michael Radziwill is a member of the 
American  Bureau  of  Shipping  and  the  Baltic  Exchange.  Mr. 
Radziwill graduated from Brown University in 2002 with a BA 
in Economics, after which he served as Administrative Officer 
at Ceres Hellenic Enterprise’s New Building Site Office in Koje, 
South Korea.

Victrix NV, Virginie Saverys (permanent representative) – 
Director 
Virginie Saverys (1960) graduated in law from the University 
of Paris in 1983 and is also a translator-interpreter (Institut 
Supérieur d’Interprétation et de Traduction, Paris, 1983). She 
started  her  career  in  Bocimar’s  legal  department.  She  left 
Bocimar in 1985 to start up the legal department at EXMAR. 
She managed CMB’s legal department from 1991 until 2006. 
She is the owner and Chairman of the wine estate Avignonesi 
(Montepulciano, Tuscany). She has been a director of CMB since 
1993 and a director of Euronav since 2003, a position from which 
she resigned in 2014.

William Thomson – Independent director
William Thomson has served on the Board of Directors since 
2011  and  is  a  member  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  and 
the Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. Currently and 
since 2005 Mr. Thomson holds a directors’ mandate in Latsco, 
established to operate under the British Tonnage Tax Regime 

30

EURONAVComposition
The Board of Directors currently consists of ten members, two 
of whom represent the principal shareholders. One member has 
an executive function; nine are non-executive directors of which 
four are independent directors in the meaning of Article 526ter 
of the Belgian Company Code and Annex 2 of the Corporate 
Governance Charter. The articles of association provide that the 
members of the Board remain in office for a period not exceeding 
four years. The Board members are eligible for re-election. 
The articles of association of the Company do not provide an 
age limit for the members of the Board.

Functioning of the Board of Directors
In 2014 the Board of Directors formally met four times. The 
attendance rate of the members was the following:

Name

Type of mandate 

Meetings 
 attended

Peter G. Livanos1

Chairman

Marc Saverys

Vice-Chairman 

Paddy Rodgers

CEO

Daniel R. Bradshaw 

Director

Ludwig Criel

Director

Alexandros Drouliscos

Independent director

Julian Metherell2

Independent director 

John Michael Radziwill Director

Virginie Saverys3

Director 

William Thomson

Independent director

Alice Wingfield Digby

Independent director

4

4

4

4

3

4

3

4

1

4

4

1  Mr. Peter G. Livanos, as a permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings 
Limited, was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 22 July 2014 
in replacement of Mr. Marc Saverys who was appointed Vice-Chairman of 
the Board of Directors.
2  Mr.  Julian  Metherell  was  appointed  independent  director  as  of  8  May 
2014  and  member  of  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  the  Corporate  
Governance and Nomination Committee as of his appointment. 
3  Mrs.  Virginie  Saverys,  as  a  permanent  representative  of  Victrix  NV,  
resigned  from  the  Board  of  Directors  immediately  after  the  AGM  of 
8 May 2014. 

Working procedures
The Board of Directors is the ultimate decision-making body 
of the Company, with the exception of the matters reserved to 
the shareholders’ meeting as provided by law or the articles of 
association. In addition to the statutory powers, the responsi-
bilities of the Board of Directors are further defined in Article 
III.1 of the Corporate Governance Charter. All decisions of the 
Board are taken in accordance with Article 22 of the articles 
of association which inter alia states that the Chairman has 
a casting vote in case of deadlock. To date that has not been 
necessary. Besides the formal meetings, the Board members of 

Euronav are in contact with each other very regularly, including 
by conference call, and as it is often difficult to formally meet in 
case an urgent decision is required, the written decision-making 
process was used 4 times in 2014.

Activity report 2014
In 2014 besides the above-mentioned customary agenda items, 
Euronav’s Board of Directors deliberated on:

 ■ the purchase and delivery of 15 VLCCs from Maersk  Tankers 
Singapore Pte Ltd. and the financing of this transaction, in-
cluding through a private placement of shares, mezzanine 
financing and bank debt;

 ■ the sale of the VLCC Luxembourg;
 ■ the sale of the VLCCs Olympia and Antarctica;
 ■ the purchase of another four VLCCs from Maersk Tankers 
Singapore Pte Ltd. and the financing of this transaction, in-
cluding through a private placement of shares by means of 
an accelerated book build procedure and bank debt;

 ■ the take-over by Euronav from OSG of the ship management 

of the FSO Africa;

 ■ the refinancing of certain Suezmax vessels;
 ■ conversions of the convertible bond issued in 2013 and ma-

turing in 2018 and the early redemption of this bond;

 ■ the contribution in kind of certain perpetual convertible pre-

ferred securities;

 ■ the conclusion or extension of certain time charter parties 

for a period of up to 42 months;

 ■ the preparation and timing of the initial public offering of the 
Company’s shares in the United States of America and the 
related exchange offer under the laws of the United States 
of America;

 ■ the elaboration and update of certain of the Company’s po-

licies and procedures;

 ■ the change in accounting policy;
 ■ the re-organisation of the Committees within the Board of 

Directors;

 ■ a long-term incentive plan.

Procedure for conflicts of interest
The  procedure  for  conflicts  of  interest  within  the  Board  of 
Directors is set out in the Company’s Corporate Governance 
Charter (section III.7). 

In the course of 2014 the Board of Directors dealt with a conflict 
of interest on three occasions for which the provisions of article 
523 of the Belgian Company Code were applied.

First,  in  February  2014,  the  Board  of  Directors  decided  to 
increase  Euronav’s  share  capital  within  the  framework  of 
the authorised capital as a result of a contribution in kind of 
the receivables represented by certain perpetual convertible 
preferred securities. 

31

Corporate Governance Statement The minutes of the Board of Directors of 6 February 2014 state:

“The  Chairman  then  sets  out  that  the  following  directors  –  in 
accordance with article 523 of the Belgian Company Code – have 
notified the Board of Directors that with respect to a decision or 
transaction which is the responsibility of the Board of Directors, 
and more in particular with respect to the decisions to be taken in 
relation to the agenda of this meeting, they may have a patrimonial 
interest that conflicts with the interests of the Board of Directors in 
relation to the decision to be taken, to the extent the Board would 
decide  so.  Therefore,  they  cannot  participate  in  the  resolution, 
nor in the deliberation on this agenda. As a consequence, these 
directors  cannot  be  taken  into  account  regarding  the  required 
quorum or majority.

This is also in accordance with Article 22 of the articles of association 
of the Company.

The conflicted directors are:
1.  Mr. Saverys Marc […];
2.  the company incorporated under the laws of Cyprus “Tanklog 
Holdings Limited” […], permanently represented by Mr. Livanos 
Panagiotis (Peter), […];

3.  the limited liability company Victrix, […], permanently represented 

by Mrs. Saverys Virginie […]; and

4. Mr. Criel Ludwig […].

Quorum – majority

The Chairman declares that four out of six eligible directors are 
present or represented; that, hence, the majority of the Board of 
Directors is present or represented and that the Board of Directors 
has been validly convened and that a quorum of directors is present at 
this meeting, which as a consequence can validly deliberate and that, 
to adopt decisions, three of the four directors present or represented 
must decide to adopt the agenda item. The meeting unanimously 
concurs with this statement.

Determination valid composition of the Board of Directors

After this statement of the Chairman of the Board of Directors deter-
mines that the majority of the non-conflicted directors are present 
or represented, that the Board is validly composed to deliberate on 
the agenda. The meeting unanimously concurs with the foregoing.”

Consequently, the other members of the Board of Directors have 
approved the said capital increase. 

Secondly, in September 2014, the Board of Directors approved the 
forced contribution of the then outstanding perpetual preferred 
equity instruments and the payment of the remaining interest 
on those securities in cash, at the appropriate time.

32

EURONAVThe minutes of the Board of Directors of 3 September 2014 state:

“The Company can force the contribution of the PCPs and convert 
the instrument into ordinary shares upon the Company being listed 
in the US and the price higher than certain thresholds.
There are still 30 PCP instruments outstanding with a face value 
of USD 75 million. The Board has to decide whether it will force 
the conversion of all the remaining outstanding PCP into 9,459,286 
shares and whether the interest to be paid during the first year will 
be paid in cash or in 2,837,785 shares.
At this point, Mr. Saverys declared having an interest in the proposed 
decision in accordance with article 523 of the Belgian Company Code. 
More specifically, Mr. Saverys has a direct or indirect patrimonial 
interest (or through entities controlled by him or in which he has 
a Board seat) that conflicts with the interests of the Company with 
respect to this decision on whether the Board will force the conversion 
of the remaining outstanding PCPs, as he is involved in the proposed 
transaction. Therefore, Mr. Saverys cannot participate in the resolu-
tion on this matter and cannot be taken into account regarding the 
required quorum or majority. This is also in accordance with Article 
22 of the articles of association of the Company.
The conflicted director explained his conflict of interest as follows: 
as  Mr.  Saverys,  directly  or  indirectly,  holds  PCPs,  the  conflict  of 
interest lies in the fact that if and when the Board decides to force 
the conversion of the PCPs and determine whether to pay the interest 
in cash or shares, he has a conflict of a patrimonial nature.
The Chairman kindly requested Mr. Saverys to leave the meeting 
room so the Board can continue the deliberation on this agenda item. 
The Board resolved that forcing the conversion of the remaining 
PCPs is desirable for the Company in order to strengthen the balance 
sheet and avoid having an instrument whose interest will go up on 
the first two anniversaries. The Board also notes that the holders 
have the option to convert at any time and they may choose to do 
so at a time that would be beyond the control of the Company and 
potentially less convenient for the Company. 
The consequences of the issue of the Securities for Euronav are 
that Euronav will pay the interest for the first year (in cash or in 
shares the Board decides that it will be in cash), with no further 
interest obligations for the remaining initial contractual duration 
of the PCPs, which would have increased only with time. In case 
of issue of new shares upon exercise of the forced contribution 
and  the  payment  of  interest  in  shares,  the  voting  rights  of  the 
existing  shareholders  as  well  as  their  liquidation  and  dividend 
rights will be subject to dilution. The maximum potential dilution 
(as calculated in the Special Report at issuance of the PCPs) for 
the existing shareholders in the hypothesis that the receivables 
incorporated in each of the Securities are contributed to Euronav’s 
capital within 5 years after the issue date and all interests due during 
such period are paid in shares (but not taking into account dilution 
resulting  from  the  conversion  of  Euronav’s  existing  convertible 
bonds) was 31.62%. 
Eight  of  the  nine  eligible  directors  are  represented  and  hence, 
the majority of the Board of Directors is present and the Board 

of Directors has been validly convened and can adopt decisions.
The Board decides to force the conversion of the PCPs at the appro-
priate time and pay the remaining interest in cash. Management 
is mandated to execute this decision. 
Mr. Saverys joined the meeting again upon invitation of the Chairman.”

Consequently, the other members of the Board of Directors 
have approved the forced contribution of the perpetual preferred 
equity instruments and the payment of the remaining interest 
on those securities in cash, at the appropriate time.

Thirdly, in September 2014, the Board of Directors approved 
the Company’s proposed initial public offering in the United 
States of America, the concurrent US Exchange Offer and the 
related repositioning procedure to reposition Euronav shares 
from Euronext to the NYSE and vice versa. 

The minutes of the Board of Directors of 26 September 2014 state:

“Prior  to  the  opening  of  the  deliberations  and  resolutions  the 
Chairman  of  this  meeting  sets  out  that  Mr.  Peter  Livanos,  as 
permanent  representative  of  Tanklog  Holdings  Limited,  and  
Mr. Marc Saverys, Vice-Chairman – in accordance with Article 523 
of the Belgian Company Code – have notified the Board that they 
have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest that conflicts with the 
interests of the Company in respect of the items to be discussed 
and decided upon at this meeting. 
These directors (or entities controlled by them or in which they have a 
Board seat) may be considering to participate in the IPO Transaction 
through a possible sale by them of shares in the Company, which 
may occur in the framework of the Underwriters’ over-allotment 
option (and which will be inferior in number to the issuance and 
subscription of the new shares in the framework of the IPO). Hence, 
these directors have an indirect conflict of interest, more specifically 
relating to (i) the determination of the issue price of the shares to 
be issued in the framework of the IPO Transaction, which will also 
constitute the price that will be paid per share sold in the framework 
of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option, and (ii) in relation to the 
approval of the registration rights agreement to be entered into by the 
Company. Consequently, the procedure of article 523 of the Belgian 
Company Code is applied for both agenda items. As the issue price of 
the shares to be issued in the framework of the IPO (and therefore, 
the  price  to  be  paid  for  the  shares  sold  in  the  framework  of  the 
over-allotment option) will be determined on the basis of a specific 
procedure, in consultation with the Underwriters, the Board is of 
the opinion that the pricing will occur in line with applicable market 
conditions. The Company has accepted to enter into a registration 
rights agreement with some directors who are or represent reference 
shareholders. Those shareholders will continue to have a significant 
stake of the shares of the Company and it is market practice to enter 
into such agreement considering it will allow them to register (part 
of all) the remaining shares under the Securities Act. It is in the best 
interest of the Company to enter into such agreement as when the 

33

Corporate Governance Statement directors will use their Registration Rights Agreement overtime, 
the free float will increase and so should the liquidity of the shares 
(daily average volume).
Therefore, according to the procedure laid down in article 523 of the 
Belgian Company Code, none of the two aforementioned directors 
will participate in the deliberation on these items on the agenda 
nor  will  they  vote  on  these  decisions.  As  a  consequence,  these 
directors  cannot  be  taken  into  account  regarding  the  required 
quorum or majority.
This is also in accordance with Article 22 of the articles of association 
of the Company.
The Chairman of the meeting declares that all eligible directors 
are present or represented; that, hence, for all decisions to be 
decided  upon  and  also  on  the  aforementioned  points  (pricing 
of  the  IPO  Transaction  and  decision  on  the  registration  rights 
agreement), the majority of the Board is present or represented 
and that the Board has been validly convened and a quorum of 
directors  is  present  or  represented  at  this  meeting,  which  as 
a  consequence  can  validly  deliberate.  In  accordance  with  the 
applicable  legal  provisions,  the  actual  capital  increase  at  the 
moment of the IPO as determined by the terms and conditions of 
the IPO Transaction will need to be recorded by a notary public. 
The resolutions in these minutes should therefore be read together 
with the notarial deed of that date.”

Consequently, the other members of the Board of Directors 
have  approved  the  pricing  procedure  of  the  initial  public 
offering in the United States of America and the registration 
rights agreement.

2.2 Board Committees

2.2.1 Audit and Risk Committee
Composition 
In accordance with Article 526bis §2 of the Belgian Company 
Code and provision 5.2./4 of Appendix C to the Belgian Corporate 
Governance  Code  of  2009,  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  is 
exclusively composed of non-executive directors and a majority 
of the Committee’s members are independent directors. The 
Audit and Risk Committee of Euronav counts four members, 
three of which are independent directors. 

In 2014 the composition of the Audit and Risk Committee was 
as follows: 

Name 

End term of office

Independent 
director

William Thomson1

Alexandros Drouliscos

Julian Metherell2

Daniel R. Bradshaw 

2015

2017

2018

2017

X

X

X

1 Independent  director  and  expert  in  accounting  and  audit  related  mat-
ters (see biography) in accordance with Article 96 paragraph 1, 9° of the 
 Belgian Company Code. Mr. William Thomson, who had been a member of 
the Audit and Risk Committee before, was appointed Chairman of the  Audit 
and Risk Committee as of 23 March 2014 in replacement of Mr.  Daniel R. 
Bradshaw who remains member of the Audit and Risk Committee.
2 Mr. Julian Metherell was appointed independent director as of 8 May 2014 
and member of the Audit and Risk Committee as of his appointment. 

Powers
The Audit and Risk Committee handles a wide range of financial 
reporting, controlling and risk management matters. Its main 
responsibilities  and  its  functioning  are  described  in  Annex 
3 to the Corporate Governance Charter. The Audit and Risk 
Committee  reviews  its  term  of  reference  periodically  and, 
where  applicable,  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board 
of  Directors,  if  changes  are  useful  or  required,  to  ensure 
the composition, the responsibilities and the powers of the 
Committee comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Activity report 2014
In 2014 the Audit and Risk Committee met seven times. The 
attendance rate of the members was the following:

Name 

Type of mandate

William Thomson

Independent director

Alexandros Drouliscos Independent director 

Julian Metherell

Independent director

Daniel R. Bradshaw 

Director

Meetings 
 attended

7

7

6

7

During these meetings the key elements discussed within the 
Audit and Risk Committee included financial statements, cash 
management, exter nal and internal audit reports, old and new 
financing, accounting policies, certain company policies, risk 
management and debt covenants.

2.2.2 Remuneration Committee
Composition
In accordance with Article 526quater §2 of the Belgian Company 
Code, all members of the Remuneration Committee are non-
executive directors, the majority being independent directors. 
The Remuneration Committee consists of four directors, three of 
which are independent directors. As a result of a reorganisation 
of the Committees within the Board of Directors in June 2014, 
the  advisory  responsibilities  of  the  former  Nomination  and 
Remuneration Committee in relation to the appointment and 
dismissal of members of the Board of Directors and members of 
the Executive Committee were entrusted to the new Corporate 
Governance and Nomination Committee. On this occasion, the 
former Nomination and Remuneration Committee was renamed 
Remuneration Committee.

34

EURONAVIn 2014 the Remuneration Committee was composed as follows:

Name

End term of office

Independent 
director

Alexandros Drouliscos 

Peter G. Livanos1

William Thomson

Alice Wingfield Digby

2017

2015

2015

2016

X

X

X

1  As permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited.

Powers 
The Remuneration Committee has various advisory responsi-
bilities relating to the remuneration policy of members of the 
Board of Directors, members of the Executive Committee and 
employees  in  general.  Annex  4  to  the  Corporate  Governance 
Charter contains a detailed list of the powers and responsibilities 
of the Remuneration Committee. 

The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board  of  Directors  relating  to  the  remuneration  of  the  non-
executive and executive directors and members of the Executive 
Committee, including variable remuneration, incentives, bonuses 
etc. in line with suitable industry benchmarks.

The  Remuneration  Committee  reviews  its  term  of  reference 
periodically  and,  where  applicable,  makes  recommendations 
to the Board of Directors, if changes are useful or required, to 
ensure the composition, the responsibilities and the powers of 
the Committee comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Activity report 2014
In 2014 the Remuneration Committee met five times. The atten-
dance rate of the members was the following:

Name

Type of mandate 

Alexandros Drouliscos  Independent director

Peter G. Livanos1

Director

William Thomson

Independent director

Alice Wingfield Digby

Independent director

Attended 
 meetings

5

5

5

5

1As permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited. 

During these meetings the key elements discussed within the 
Remuneration Committee included the remuneration of directors 
and members of the Executive Committee, the annual bonus 
for the members of the Executive Committee and employees 
and the creation of a long-term incentive plan.

2.2.3 Corporate Governance and Nomination 
Committee
Composition 
As a result of a reorganisation of the Committees within the 
Board of Directors in June 2014, the Corporate Governance and 
Nomination Committee was created and the advisory responsi-
bilities of the former Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
in relation to the appointment and dismissal of members of the 
Board of Directors and members of the Executive Committee 
were entrusted to the Corporate Governance and Nomination 
Committee.

In 2014 the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee 
of Euronav counted four members, two of which are indepen-
dent directors. In this respect, Euronav is not in compliance 
with provision 5.3./1 of Appendix C to the Belgian Corporate 
Governance  Code  of  2009,  pursuant  to  which  a  nomination 
Committee should comprise a majority of independent non-
executive directors. This non-compliance is a consequence 
of the reorganization of Euronav’s Board Committees during 
2014, in the framework of which it was first envisaged that 
the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee would 
count five members, including three independent directors. 
However, in order to have a lean and efficient Committee, it 
was finally decided to limit the number of Committee members 
to four. The composition of the Committee was determined 
taking  into  account  members’  expertise  in  this  area  and 
their  availability,  given  other  Committee  memberships. 

35

Corporate Governance Statement In 2014 the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee 
was composed as follows:

counted three members, among whom one independent director, 
and was composed as follows:

Name 

End term of office

Independent 
director

Name 

End term of office

Independent 
director

Daniel R. Bradshaw

Ludwig Criel 

Julian Metherell1

Alice Wingfield Digby

2017

2016

2018

2016

X

X

1Mr. Julian Metherell was appointed independent director as of 8 May 2014 
and member of the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee as 
of his appointment.

Powers
The Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee’s role 
is to assist and advise the Board of Directors in all matters 
relating to the composition of the Board and its Committees 
and the composition of the Company’s Executive Committee, 
to the methods and criteria for appointing and recruiting direc-
tors and members of the Executive Committee, evaluating the 
performance of the Board, its Committees and the Executive 
Committee, as well as in any other matters relating to corporate 
governance.  Annex  5  to  the  Corporate  Governance  Charter 
contains a detailed list of the powers and responsibilities of the 
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. 

Activity report 2014
In 2014 the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee 
met four times. The attendance rate of the members was the 
following:

Name

Type of mandate 

Daniel R. Bradshaw

Director

Ludwig Criel 

Director

Julian Metherell

Independent director

Alice Wingfield Digby

Independent director

Attended 
 meetings

4

3

3

4

During these meetings the key elements discussed within the 
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee included 
the review of the Company’s policies and procedures and the 
composition of the Committees within the Board of Directors.

2.2.4  Health,  Safety,  Security  and  Environmental 
Committee
Composition
As  a  result  of  a  reorganisation  of  the  Committees  within  the 
Board of Directors in June 2014, the Health, Safety, Security and 
Environmental Committee was created and met for the first time 
in June 2014. The Health, Safety, Security and Environmental 
Committee is composed of at least three members of the Board 
of Directors. 

In 2014 the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee 

Peter G. Livanos1

John Michael Radziwill 

Alice Wingfield Digby2

2015

2017

2016

X

1As permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited.
2 Mrs.  Alice  Wingfield  Digby  was  appointed  Chairman  of  the  Health, 
Safety, Security and Environmental Committee as of 3 September 2014 
in replacement of Mr. Peter G. Livanos as permanent representative of 
Tanklog Holdings Limited, who remains member of the Health, Safety, 
Security and Enviromental Committee. 

Powers 
The  role  of  the  Health,  Safety,  Security  and  Environmental 
Committee  is  to  assist  and  advise  the  Board  of  Directors  
relating to its responsibilities regarding health, safety, security 
or environmental matters and general policies in this respect, 
as well as any corrective action to be taken in case of serious 
injury or incident. Annex 6 to the Corporate Governance Charter 
contains a detailed list of the powers and responsibilities of the 
Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee.

Activity report 2014
In 2014 the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee 
met two times. The attendance rate of the members was the 
following:

Name

Type of mandate 

Peter G. Livanos1

Director

John Michael Radziwill  Director

Alice Wingfield Digby

Independent director

Attended 
 meetings

2

2

2

1 As permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited.

During these meetings the key elements discussed within the 
Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee included 
the review and monitoring of the Company’s policies and targets 
in relation to the Committee’s responsibilities, the organisation 
of the ship management department in the Greek office and 
the prevention of diseases.

2.3 Executive Committee
In  application  of  Article  524bis  of  the  Belgian  Company 
Code,  the  executive  management  of  the  Company 
is 
entrusted  to  the  Executive  Committee  chaired  by  the  CEO. 
The  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  are  appointed 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  upon  proposal  by  the  Chairman 
of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and as reviewed 
by  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination  Committee. 

36

EURONAVThe Executive Committee is composed as follows:

Name

Title

Hugo De Stoop

Chief Financial Officer

Paddy Rodgers 

Chief Executive Officer

Alex Staring 

Chief Operating Officer

Egied Verbeeck 

General Counsel 

Powers and activity report 2014
The Executive Committee is empowered to take responsibility 
for the daily operations of the group and the implementation 
of the policy and strategy approved by the Board of Directors. 
Its powers are further described in detail in Article V.3 of the 
Corporate Governance Charter and in Annex 7 to the Corporate 
Governance Charter. The Executive Committee reports to the 
Board  of  Directors  through  the  CEO,  enabling  the  Board  of 
Directors to exercise control on the Executive Committee. 

Procedure for conflicts of interest
The  procedure  for  conflict  of  interest  within  the  Executive 
Committee is set out in the Company’s Corporate Governance 
Charter (section V.4). In the course of 2014 no decision taken 
by  the  Executive  Committee  required  the  application  of  the 
conflict of interest procedure.

3. Evaluation of the Board of Directors and 
its Committees
The main features of the process for evaluating the Board of 
Directors,  its  Committees  and  the  individual  directors  are 
described in Chapter III.9 of Euronav’s Corporate Governance 
Charter. The Board of Directors and each of its Committees 
are expected to undergo a periodical assessment through an 
independent third party in the course of 2015. 

4. Remuneration report
The  remuneration  report  describes  Euronav’s  executive 
remuneration policy and how executive compensation levels 
are set. The Remuneration Committee oversees the executive 
compensation policies and plans.

4.1 Euronav’s reward principle
All employees are subject to an annual performance review 
process, implementation of which is ensured by the Executive 
Committee. The remuneration policy is part of a framework of 
employee policies aimed at motivating and retaining current 
employees, attracting talented new people and helping Euronav 
employees to perform at consistently high levels.

4.2 Development of the Euronav remuneration policy
The  policy  of  remuneration  for  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee  is  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  the  basis  of 
recommendations  by  the  Remuneration  Committee.  When 
formulating its recommendations, in particular for the remu-
neration of members of the Executive Committee, the Committee 
uses suitable industry benchmarks, as set out in detail in point 
2.2.2 and 4.4 of this annual report. The general shareholders’ 
meeting  decides  upon  the  remuneration  level  for  directors, 
as suggested by the Board of Directors pursuant to proposals 
formulated by the Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice per year 
during which time it: 
 ■ considers the market factors affecting the Company’s current 

and future pay practices;

 ■ evaluates  the  effectiveness  of  our  remuneration  policies 
in  terms  of  recognising  performance  and  determines  the 
 appropriate evolution of the plans;

 ■ determines  the  compensation  levels  of  Euronav’s  manage-

ment team as a whole and individually.

4.3  Remuneration  policy  for  executive  and  non-
executive directors
The remuneration is determined on the basis of four regular 
meetings  of  the  full  Board  per  year.  Directors  receive  an 
attendance fee for each Board meeting or Committee meeting 
attended. The actual amount of the remuneration of the directors 
is approved by the Annual General Meeting. 

As of the Annual General Meeting held in May 2014 each director 
received a gross fixed amount per annum of EUR 60,000 for the 
execution of their mandate and an additional attendance fee of 
EUR 10,000 per Board meeting attended with a maximum of EUR 
40,000 per year. The Chairman received a gross fixed amount of 
EUR 160,000 per year and an additional attendance fee of EUR 
10,000 per Board meeting attended with a maximum of EUR 40,000 
per year. The Chief Executive Officer, who was also member of 
the Executive Committee in 2014, has waived his directors’ fees. 

For their mandate within the Audit and Risk Committee, the 
members  received  an  annual  remuneration  of  EUR  20,000 
and  the  Chairman  received  a  remuneration  of  EUR  40,000. 
Each member of the Audit and Risk Committee, including the 
Chairman, received an additional attendance fee of EUR 5,000 
per Committee attended with a maximum of EUR 20,000 per year.

For their mandate within the Remuneration Committee, the 
members  received  an  annual  remuneration  of  EUR  5,000 
and  the  Chairman  received  a  remuneration  of  EUR  7,500. 
Each  member  of  the  Remuneration  Committee,  including 

37

Corporate Governance Statement  
the Chairman, received an additional attendance fee of EUR 
5,000 per Committee attended with a maximum of EUR 20,000 
per year. 

For  their  mandate  within  the  Corporate  Governance  and 
Nomination Committee, the members received an annual remu-
neration of EUR 5,000 and the Chairman received a remunera-
tion of EUR 7,500. Each member of the Corporate Governance 
and Nomination Committee, including the Chairman, received 
an additional fee of EUR 5,000 per Committee attended with a 
maximum of EUR 20,000 per year. 

For  their  mandate  within  the  Health,  Safety,  Security  and 
Environmental Committee, the members received an annual 
remuneration of EUR 5,000 and the Chairman received a remu-
neration  of  EUR  7,500.  Each  member  of  the  Health,  Safety, 
Security and Environmental Committee, including the Chairman, 
received an additional fee of EUR 5,000 per Committee attended 
with a maximum of EUR 20,000 per year. 

related remuneration, such as bonuses or remuneration related 
shares or share options, nor fringe benefits or pension plan 
benefits.  As  such,  Euronav  ensures  the  objectivity  of  non-
executive  directors  and  encourages  the  active  participation 
of all directors for both the meetings of the Board of Directors 
and the Committee meetings.

No loans or advances were granted to any director.

4.4 Remuneration policy for the Executive Committee 
and the employees
Euronav’s remuneration packages intend to be fair and appro-
priate  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  management  and  be 
reasonable in view of the Company economics and the relevant 
practices of comparable peer companies. 

The Executive Committee and employee compensation packages 
are composed of two main elements:

At present non-executive directors do not receive performance 

 ■ fixed remuneration; 
 ■ variable remuneration.

The remuneration in 2014 of the members of the Board of Directors is reflected in the table below: 
In euro:

Name

Tanklog Holdings Ltd.1

Marc Saverys

Paddy Rodgers2

Daniel R. Bradshaw

Ludwig Criel

Alexandros Drouliscos

Julian Metherell3

John Michael Radziwill

William Thomson4

Victrix NV5

Alice Wingfield Digby6

Fixed fee

110,000

110,000

-

60,000

60,000

60,000

45,000

60,000

60,000

15,000

60,000

Attendance fee 
Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Attendance fee 
Audit and Risk 
Committee

40,000

40,000

-

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

10,000

40,000

-

-

-

25,000

-

20,000

15,000

-

35,000

-

-

-

- 

-

20,000

-

20,000

15,000

-

20,000

-

-

TOTAL

640,000

370,000

95,000

75,000

Remuneration 
Committee

4,500

-

-

-

-

5,625

-

-

4,500

-

4,500

19,125

1 Mr. Peter G. Livanos, as a permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited, was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 22 July 2014 in 
replacement of Mr. Marc Saverys who was appointed Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors.
2Mr. Paddy Rodgers has waived his directors’ fees.
3 Mr. Julian Metherell was appointed independent director as of 8 May 2014 and member of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Corporate  Governance 
and Nomination Committee as of his appointment. 

38

Attendance fee 

Remuneration 

Committee

Corporate 

 Governance 

Attendance 

fee Corporate 

 Governance 

and Nomination 

and Nomination 

 Committee

 Committee

Health, Safety, 

 Security and 

 Environmental 

Committee

3,125

Attendance fee 

Health, Safety, 

 Security and 

Environmental 

Committee

10,000

 - 

20,000

 - 

-

-

-

-

-

-

20,000

20,000

20,000

80,000

5,625

2,500

2,500

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,500

13,125

20,000

15,000

15,000

 - 

-

-

-

-

-

-

20,000

70,000

-

-

-

-

- 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,500

10,000

3,125

8,750

10,000

30,000

1,401,000

 TOTAL

187,625

150,000

0

170,625

117,500

165,625

132,500

112,500

179,500

25,000

160,125

EURONAVRemuneration (fixed and variable)
The fixed and variable remuneration are determined according 
to  suitable  industry  benchmarks  for  specific  positions  and 
individual employees’ abilities.

accepted the options granted to them. At the date of this report 
all of the options have vested and two third is exercisable. The 
other one third can be exercised as from 1 January 2016 only.

The  Remuneration  Committee  decides  annually  on  the 
remuneration of the members of the Executive Committee. 
Variable remuneration is determined on the basis of each 
individual’s performance throughout the year. The Company 
has no other rights or remedies than the ones provided for by 
civil law and company law to claim the variable remuneration 
back, in case it is attributed on the basis of incorrect financial 
statements.

Within  the  framework  of  a  stock  option  plan,  the  Board 
of  Directors  on  16  December  2013  granted  options  on  its 
1,750,000 treasury shares to the members of the Executive 
Committee for no consideration. 525,000 options were granted 
to the CEO and 1,225,000 options were granted to the other 
members  of  the  Executive  Committee.  The  exercise  price 
of the options is EUR 5.7705. All of the beneficiaries have 

Within the framework of a management incentive plan, the Board 
of Directors has granted and the beneficiaries have accepted 
on  12  February  2015  65,433  Restricted  Stock  Units  (RSU’s) 
and 236,590 stock options of which 22,268 RSU’s and 80,518 
stock options were granted to the CEO and 43,165 RSU’s and 
156,072 stock options were granted to the other members of 
the Executive Committee. The exercise price of the options is 
EUR 10.0475 with one third of the stock options vesting at each 
anniversary of the grant. The RSU’s will all vest on the third 
anniversary of the grant. All of the beneficiaries have accepted 
the options and RSU’s on the grant date.

Variable remuneration differs amongst the members of the 
Executive Committee, though globally it can be stated that the 
variable remuneration represents 41% of the global remuner-
ation for all members of the Executive Committee together.

Attendance fee 
Remuneration 
Committee

20,000

 - 

-

-

-

20,000

-

-

20,000

-

20,000

80,000

Corporate 
 Governance 
and Nomination 
 Committee

Attendance 
fee Corporate 
 Governance 
and Nomination 
 Committee

-

-

-

5,625

2,500

-

2,500

-

-

-

2,500

13,125

-

 - 

-

20,000

15,000

-

15,000

-

-

-

20,000

70,000

Health, Safety, 
 Security and 
 Environmental 
Committee

3,125

-

-

-

-

- 

-

2,500

-

-

3,125

8,750

Attendance fee 
Health, Safety, 
 Security and 
Environmental 
Committee

10,000

 - 

-

-

-

-

-

10,000

-

-

10,000

30,000

 TOTAL

187,625

150,000

0

170,625

117,500

165,625

132,500

112,500

179,500

25,000

160,125

1,401,000

4 Mr. William Thomson, who had been a member of the Audit and Risk Committee before, was appointed Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee as 
of 23 March 2014 in replacement of Mr. Daniel R. Bradshaw who remains member of the Audit and Risk Committee.
5 Mrs. Virginie Saverys, as a permanent representative of Victrix NV, resigned from the Board of Directors immediately after the AGM of 8 May 2014.
6 Mrs. Alice Wingfield Digby was appointed Chairman of the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee as of 3 September 2014 in  replacement 
of Peter G. Livanos as permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Limited, who remains member of the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental 
Committee. 

39

The remuneration in 2014 of the members of the Board of Directors is reflected in the table below: 

In euro:

Name

Tanklog Holdings Ltd.1

Marc Saverys

Paddy Rodgers2

Daniel R. Bradshaw

Ludwig Criel

Alexandros Drouliscos

Julian Metherell3

John Michael Radziwill

William Thomson4

Victrix NV5

Alice Wingfield Digby6

Fixed fee

110,000

110,000

-

60,000

60,000

60,000

45,000

60,000

60,000

15,000

60,000

Board

40,000

40,000

-

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

10,000

40,000

Attendance fee 

Audit and Risk 

Committee

Attendance fee 

Audit and Risk 

Committee

25,000

20,000

20,000

15,000

20,000

15,000

35,000

20,000

4,500

-

- 

-

-

-

-

-

Remuneration 

Committee

4,500

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,625

4,500

19,125

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TOTAL

640,000

370,000

95,000

75,000

Corporate Governance Statement  
4.5 Remuneration of the Executive Committee
The remuneration in 2014 of the members of the Executive Committee (excluding the CEO) is reflected in the table below:

In euro:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Pension and benefits

Other components

Three members

980,600

734,000

32,384

55,296

The current composition of the Executive Committee is set out in point 2.3 above. No loans or advances were granted to any 
member  of  the  Executive  Committee.  The  COO  is  entitled  to  a  compensation  equivalent  to  one  year’s  salary  in  the  event  of 
termination of his appointment.

4.6 Remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer 
The remuneration in 2014 of the CEO is reflected in the table below:

In GBP:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Pension and benefits

Other components

Paddy Rodgers

351,228

295,296

12,500

10,779

The CEO has an employment contract. In the event of termination of his contract he would be entitled to a compensation equivalent 
to one year’s salary.

No loans or advances were granted to the CEO.

4.7 Remuneration of the Auditor Klynveld Peat Marwick Goerdeler (KPMG) 
Permanent representatives: Serge Cosijns and Jos Briers

For 2014, the worldwide audit and other fees in respect of services provided by the statutory auditor KPMG can be summarized 
as follows:

In USD

Audit services for the annual financial statements

Audit related services

Tax services

TOTAL

2014

492,497

1,509,927

71,807

2,074,230

2013

404,190

15,940

31,481

451,611

The limits prescribed by Article 133 of the Belgian Company Code were observed.

40

EURONAVCorporate Governance Statement  41

5. Internal control and risk management 
systems
Internal control can be defined as a system developed and imple-
mented by management and which contributes to managing 
the activities of the Company, its efficient functioning and the 
efficient use of its resources, all in function of the objectives, 
the size and the complexity of its activities. Risk assessment can 
be defined as a process developed to identify possible events 
which may affect the Company and to manage the risks of the 
Company within the boundaries of its risk appetite. 

These risks (as described in more detail in the ‘Risk Factors’ 
section in this annual report) are the following:

 ■ economic  (including  slowing  economic  growth,  inflation  or 
fluctuations in interest and foreign currency exchange rates) 
and competitive risks (such as greater price competition);
 ■ operational: risks inherent in the operation of ocean-going 
vessels and the conversion of vessels and the operation of 
its  FSO  activities  and  effective  management  of  its  inter-
national operations;

 ■ regulations:  if  the  Company  fails  to  comply  with  health, 
safety and environmental laws, regulations (including regu-
lations  about  emissions)  or  requirements  or  is  involved  in 
legal proceedings in this regard, its operations and  revenues 
may be adversely affected;

 ■ financing:  the  Company  is  subject  to  operational  and 
 financial  restrictions  in  debt  agreements;  refinancing  of 
loans may not always be possible;

 ■ terrorist attacks, piracy, civil disturbances and regional con-

flicts in any particular country;

 ■ risks relating to the TI pool and VLCC Chartering, the joint 

ventures and associates. 

As part of the reference framework Euronav:

 ■ laid down its ethical values and business conduct rules in the 
‘Code of Business Conduct and Ethics’ and the ‘Dealing Code’;
 ■ has also included these values and rules in the Staff Hand-

book for all its employees;

 ■ clearly  documented  its  corporate  structure,  organisation 
chart and job descriptions (and hence tasks, responsibilities 
and reporting lines);

 ■ clearly  specified  the  delegations  of  authority  for  key  deci-

sions;

 ■ ensures proper communication between local management 
and  Executive  Committee  throughout  various   committees 
such as management committee, pool committee, revenue 
committee, insurance committee, …;

 ■ has embedded group policies in the main business process-
es, which Euronav applies group-wide, covering areas such 
as:  fixed  assets,  hedging,  IT  systems,  human   resources, 
treasury, …

Euronav  also  has  developed  a  “Health,  Safety,  Quality  and 
Environmental (HSQE) Management System” which integrates 
health,  safety,  environment  and  quality  management  into  a 
system  that  fully  complies  with  the  ISM  Code  for  the  “Safe 
Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention”. 

To support the financial reporting, Euronav has a closing and 
reporting checklist in place assuring communication of time-
lines and clear assignment of tasks and responsibilities. Specific 
procedures are in place in order to assure completeness of 
financial accruals. The details are set out in the finance manual. 
A mandatory training on internal control is organised for all 
new and current employees. Compliance is monitored by means 
of annual assessments attended by senior management and 
their outcome is reported to corporate finance, which presents 
a consolidated report to the Audit and Risk Committee. More 
details on the exact role and responsibilities of the Audit and 
Risk  Committee  in  relation  to  the  internal  control  and  risk 
management systems can be found in the section on its powers, 
described above.

In addition, the Compliance Officer assesses the application 
of the Corporate Governance Charter. 

Euronav has outsourced the internal audit function to Moore 
Stephens,  upon  recommendation  of  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee. Moore Stephens reviews and analyses strategic, 
operational, financial and IT risks and discusses the findings 
with the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Euronav has appointed KPMG as its external auditor to verify 
its financial results and compliance with Belgian legislation. 
The  external  auditor  issues  a  report  at  least  twice  a  year 
which they submit to the Audit and Risk Committee. They are 
also invited to attend the annual general meeting to present 
their report.

5.1 Hedging policy
Euronav hedges part of its exposure to changes in interest rates 
on borrowings and all borrowings contracted for the financing 
of vessels are on the basis of a floating interest rate, increased 
by a margin. The Group does not hold or trade derivatives for 
speculative purposes. Euronav uses derivative financial instru-
ments - such as foreign exchange forward contracts, interest 
rate swaps, purchase of CAP options, sale of FLOOR options, 
currency swaps and other derivative instruments – solely to 
manage  its  exposure  to  interest  rates  and  foreign  currency 
exchange rates and to achieve an appropriate mix of fixed and 
floating  rate  exposure  as  defined  by  the  Group.  For  a  more 
detailed position of Euronav’s financial instruments, we refer 
to note 18 of the Financial Statements.

42

EURONAV5.2 Tonnage Tax Regime and Risks
Tonnage Tax Regime
Shortly  after  its  incorporation,  Euronav  applied  for  treat-
ment under the Belgian tonnage tax regime. It was declared 
eligible for this regime by the Federal Finance Department 
on 23 October 2003. Following the acquisition of the Tanklog 
fleet  and  Euronav’s  express  desire  to  operate  the  vessels 
under Greek flag, Euronav was deemed eligible for tonnage 
tax in Greece. As a result, for a ten-year period, Euronav’s 
profits  will  in  principle  be  determined  nominally  on  the 
basis  of  the  tonnage  of  the  vessels  it  operates.  After  this 
first  ten-year  period  had  elapsed,  the  tonnage  tax  regime 
has been automatically renewed for another ten-year period. 
This tonnage tax replaces all factors that are normally taken 
into account in traditional tax calculations, such as profit or 
loss, operating costs, depreciation, gains and the offsetting 
of past losses of the revenues taxable in Belgium. Some of 
Euronav’s   subsidiaries  are  subject  to  the  ordinary  Belgian 
corporate income tax regime, however, which benefit from 
a tax investment allowance due to the recent acquisitions of 
certain VLCCs. However, Euronav has decided to apply for the 
Belgian tonnage tax regime for those subsidiaries.

Risks associated to the business
Due to the cyclical nature of its activities
Euronav’s operating results have experienced fluctuations on 
an annual or quarterly basis in the past. This will probably 
remain the case in the future. The fluctuations in Euronav’s 
operating results are due to various factors, a number of which 
lie outside Euronav’s control. The tanker market is historically 
a cyclical one. It is a market that experiences high volatility 
as a result of changes  in  supply  and demand  for  seaborne 
transportation of crude oil. Firstly, the supply of tanker capacity 
is affected by the number of newly constructed vessels, the 
scrap percentage of existing tankers and the changes in laws 
and regulations. Secondly, the demand for tankers is highly 
sensitive to global and regional market conditions and to crude 
oil production levels. The nature and timing of all these factors, 
some of which are of a geopolitical nature, are unpredictable, 
and may have a significant impact on Euronav’s activities and 
operating results.

Euronav is subject to operational and financial restrictions 
in debt agreements
Euronav’s existing debt agreements impose operational and 
financial restrictions which have an impact on, and in some 
respects limit or preclude, among other things, the possibility 
for Euronav and its subsidiaries of taking on additional debts, 
pledging  securities,  selling  shares  in  subsidiaries,  making 
certain investments, entering into mergers and acquisitions, 
buying and selling of vessels, or paying dividends without the 
lender’s approval. 

Euronav’s loan agreements also stipulate a certain minimum 
ratio  of  market  value  for  vessels  and  other  securities.  The 
financial institutions may reduce the term of the debt under such 
loan agreements, and seize the securities used to guarantee 
the loan in the event of bankruptcy, including Euronav’s failure 
to honour these agreements in full. Under any of these circum-
stances, there is no guarantee that Euronav will have enough 
funds or other resources to meet all its commitments.

Euronav is subject to the risks inherent in the operation 
of ocean-going vessels
Euronav’s  activities  are  subject  to  various  risks,  including 
extremes of weather, negligence of its employees, mechanical 
defects in its vessels, collisions, severe damage to vessels, 
damage to or the loss of freight and the interruption of commer-
cial  activities  due  to  political  circumstances,  hostilities  or 
strikes.  Moreover,  the  operation  of  ocean-going  vessels  is 
subject to the inherent possibility of maritime disasters such 
as  oil  spills  and  other  environmental  accidents,  and  to  the 
obligations  arising  from  the  ownership  and  management  of 
vessels in international trade. 

Euronav  believes  that  its  current  insurance  policies  are 
sufficient  to  protect  it  against  possible  accidents,  and  that 
it is also adequately covered against environmental damage 
and pollution, as required by relevant legislation and standard 
practices in the sector. However, there is no guarantee that such 
insurance will remain available at rates which are regarded as 
reasonable by the Company, or that such insurance will remain 
sufficient to cover all losses incurred by Euronav or the cost 
of  each  compensation  claim  made  against  Euronav,  or  that 
its insurance policies will cover the loss of income resulting 
from a vessel becoming non-operational. Should compensation 
claims be made against Euronav, its vessels may be impounded 
or subject to other judicial procedures.

Euronav’s activities are subject to important environmental 
legislation  which  may  cause  Euronav’s  expenditure  to 
increase abruptly
Euronav’s activities are subject to extensive, changing environ-
mental legislation. In the past, Euronav has incurred significant 
expenses in order to comply with such legislation and regula-
tions, including spending on changes to vessels and to opera-
tional procedures. It expects such expenditure to remain high. 
Additional laws and regulations could be introduced restricting 
Euronav’s ability to pursue its activities, or causing its costs to 
increase substantially. That could have a negative impact on 
Euronav’s activities, financial situation and operating results.

43

Corporate Governance Statement The prospects for a particular period may not be attained 
during that period as a result of unpredictable economic 
cycles
Although  various  analysts  provide  forecasts  regarding  the 
development  of  the  markets,  these  do  not  always  precisely 
reflect  future  freight  rates,  which  tend  to  be  unpredictable. 
The forecasting of freight rates is difficult due to the uncertain 
prospects of the global economy.

Euronav may need additional capital in the future and may 
prove unable to find suitable funds on acceptable terms
Euronav has made considerable investments in recent years. 
Although most of these projects are satisfactorily financed, the 
risk exists that the financial markets will be unable to provide 
sufficient funds to continue supporting such projects.

Euronav’s activities are subject to fluctuations in exchange 
rates and interest rates, causing pronounced variations 
in its net results
Euronav’s income is mainly expressed in USD, although some 
operating costs are expressed in other currencies, especially 
the Euro. This partial mismatch between operating income and 
expenses could lead to fluctuations in Euronav’s net results.

Euronav is subject to risks inherent in conversion of vessels 
into Floating, Storage and Offloading services operation 
(FSO) units and the operation of its FSO activities
Euronav’s FSO activities are subject to various risks, including 
delays, cost overruns, negligence of its employees, mechanical 
defects in its machinery, collisions, severe damage to vessels, 
damage to or loss of freight, piracy or strikes. In case of delays in 
delivering FSO under service contract to its end-user, contracts 
can be amended and/or cancelled. Moreover, the operation of 
FSO vessels is subject to the inherent possibility of maritime 
disasters such as oil spills and other environmental accidents, 
and to the obligations arising from the ownership and manage-
ment of vessels in international trade. Euronav has established 
sufficient  current  insurance  against  possible  accidents  and 
environmental damage and pollution as requested by relevant 
legislation and standard practices in the sector. However, there 
is no guarantee that such insurance will remain available at 
rates which are regarded as reasonable by Euronav or that such 
insurance will remain sufficient to cover all losses incurred or 
the cost of each compensation claim made against Euronav, or 
that its insurance policies will cover the loss of income resulting 
from a vessel becoming non-operational. Should compensation 
claims be made against Euronav, its vessels may be impounded 
or subject to other judicial procedures.

Refinancing of loans may not always be possible
There is no assurance that Euronav will be able to repay or 
refinance  its  facilities  on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all  as  they 
become due upon their respective maturity dates. Financial 

markets and debt markets are not always open independently 
of the situation of Euronav and the lack of debt finance may 
adversely  affect  Euronav’s  operations  business  and  results 
of operations.

Risks relating to the TI pool and VLCC Chartering, the joint 
ventures and associates may adversely affect Euronav’s 
operations, business and results of operations
Although efforts are made to identify and manage the various 
potential risks within Euronav in the same way, this is not always 
possible or enforceable. In the case of the TI pool and VLCC 
Chartering, joint ventures and associates, differing views from 
the other partner(s) may arise, as a result of which, according to 
Euronav, specific treatment of the risks may be limited or even 
prevented. The different approaches to these risks may lead 
to consequences other than those which Euronav would have 
incurred or would have wished to incur, which may adversely 
affect Euronav’s operations, business and results of operations.

Acts  of  piracy  on  ocean-going  vessels  could  adversely 
affect Euronav’s business
Acts  of  piracy  have  historically  affected  ocean-going  vessels 
trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the 
Gulf of Guinea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. 
Over the past year, the frequency of piracy incidents in the Gulf of 
Aden and in the Indian Ocean has decreased significantly, whereas 
there has been an increase in the Gulf of Guinea and the South 
China Sea. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which the 
Company’s vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers 
as “enhanced risk” areas, premiums payable for such coverage 
could increase significantly and in extreme circumstances, such 
insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, 
crew costs, including costs which may be incurred to the extent 
the Company employs on board security guards, could increase 
in such circumstances. Detention as a result of an act of piracy 
against the Company’s vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavail-
ability of insurance for the vessels, could have a material adverse 
impact on the Company’s business, results of operations, cash 
flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. In response 
to piracy incidents, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of 
Somalia and following consultation with regulatory authorities, 
Euronav follows BMP4 (Best Management Practices) which is a 
guide that has been produced jointly by EUNAVFOR, the NATO 
Shipping Centre and UKMTO (UK Maritime Trade Operations) or 
the Company may even consider to station armed guards on some 
of its vessels. Whilst use of armed guards has been proven to 
deter and prevent the hijacking of the Company’s vessels, it may 
also increase the risk of liability for death or injury to persons or 
damage to personal property, which could adversely impact its 
business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition 
and ability to pay dividends. 

44

EURONAV6. Information to be included in the annual 
report as per Article 34 of the Royal Decree 
of 14 november 2007

6.1 Capital structure
At the time of preparing this report the registered share capital 
of Euronav NV amounts to USD 173,046,122.14 and is represented 
by  159,208,949  shares  without  par  value.  The  shares  are  in 
registered  or  dematerialised  form.  Euronav  currently  holds 
1,750,000 own shares which were bought back at an average 
price of EUR 18.16.

At the time of preparing this report, no convertible bonds or 
perpetual preferred equity instruments of the Company were 
outstanding. Besides the stock option plans for members of 
the Executive Committee (please refer to section 4.4 of this 
Corporate Governance Statement), there are no other share 
plans, stock options or other rights to acquire shares of the 
Company in place.

6.2 Restrictions on the exercise of voting rights or 
on the transfer of securities
Each share entitles the holder to one vote. There are no secu-
rities issued by the Company which would entitle the holder 
to special voting rights or control. The articles of association 
contain no restrictions on the voting rights, and each share-
holder  can  exercise  his  voting  rights  provided  he  is  validly 
admitted to the shareholders’ meeting and his rights are not 
suspended. Pursuant to Article 12 the Company is entitled to 
suspend the exercise of rights attached to shares belonging to 
several owners. No person can vote at the shareholders’ meeting 
using voting rights attached to shares for which the formalities 
to be admitted to the general meeting as laid down in Article 34 
of the articles of association or the law have not been fulfilled 
in  time  or  accurately.  Likewise,  there  are  no  restrictions  in 
the articles of association or by law on the transfer of shares.

6.3 General shareholders’ meeting
The ordinary general shareholders’ meeting is held in Antwerp 
on  the  second  Thursday  of  the  month  of  May,  at  11  a.m.,  at 
the  registered  office  or  any  other  place  mentioned  in  the  
convening notices. If such date would be a bank holiday, the 
annual shareholders’ meeting would take place on the preceding 
business day.

6.4  Agreements  amongst  shareholders  or  other 
agreements
The Board of Directors is not aware of any agreements among 
major shareholders or any other shareholders that may result 
in restrictions on the transfer of securities or the exercise of 
voting rights. The major shareholders have not entered into a 
shareholders’ agreement or a voting agreement, nor do they act 
in concert. There are no agreements between the Company and 

its employees or directors providing in any compensation in case 
of resignation or dismissal on account of public acquisition offer. 
Apart from the customary change of control provision in the 
financing agreements and the long-term incentive plan Euronav 
has entered into, there are no other important agreements to 
which the Company is a party and which enter into force, be 
amended or be terminated, in case of a change of control of 
the Company following a public offer.

6.5 Appointment and replacement of directors
The articles of association (Article 17 and following) and section 
III.2  of  the  Euronav  Corporate  Governance  Charter  contain 
specific rules concerning the (re)appointment, replacement and 
the evaluation of directors. The general shareholders’ meeting 
appoints the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors submits 
the proposals for the appointment or re-election of directors - 
supported by a recommendation of the Corporate Governance 
and  Nomination  Committee  -  to  the  general  shareholders’ 
meeting for approval. If a director’s mandate becomes vacant 
in the course of the term for which the director was appointed, 
the remaining Board members may provisionally fill the vacancy 
until the following general shareholders’ meeting, which will 
decide on the final replacement. A director nominated under 
such  circumstances  is  only  appointed  for  the  time  required 
to terminate the mandate of the director whose place he has 
taken.  Appointments  of  directors  are  made  for  a  maximum 
of four years. After the end of his/her term, each director is 
eligible for re-appointment. 

6.6 Amendments to articles of association
The articles of association can be amended by the extra ordinary 
general meeting in accordance with the Belgian Company Code. 
Each  amendment  to  the  articles  of  association  requires  a 
qualified majority of votes.

6.7 Authorisation granted to the Board of Directors 
to increase share capital
The  articles  of  association  (Article  5)  contain  specific  rules 
concerning the authorisation to increase the share capital of 
the Company. By decision of the shareholders’ meeting held on 
24 February 2014, the Board of Directors has been authorised 
to increase the share capital of the Company in one or several 
times by a total maximum amount of USD 73,000,000 during 
a  period  of  five  years  as  from  the  date  of  publication  of  the 
decision, subject to the terms and conditions to be determined 
by the Board of Directors.

6.8 Authorisation granted to the Board of Directors 
to acquire or sell the Company’s own shares
The articles of association (Article 15 and 16) contain specific 
rules  concerning  the  authorisation  to  acquire  or  sell  the 
Company’s own shares. Pursuant to a decision of the extra-
ordinary shareholders’ meeting of 24 February 2014 which has 

45

Corporate Governance Statement been adopted in accordance with the relevant legal provisions, 
the  Company  has  been  authorised  to  acquire  and  sell  the 
Company’s own shares or profit shares, without a decision of 
the shareholders’ meeting being required, for a period of three 
years as from the publication in the annexes to the Belgian State 
Gazette of the aforementioned decision, irrespective of whether 
these include the entitlement to vote, by way of a purchase or an 
exchange, directly or through a person acting in its own name but 
for the account of the Company, if such acquisition is necessary 
to prevent imminent and serious harm to the Company, including 
a public purchase offer for the Company’s securities (Article 
15 of the articles of association). The Board of Directors can, 
in accordance with the Belgian Company Code, without prior 
permission of the shareholders’ meeting, to prevent imminent 
and serious harm to the Company, including a public purchase 
offer  for  the  Company’s  securities,  sell  acquired  shares  or 
profit shares of the Company on the stock exchange or by way 
of  an  offer  to  sell,  addressed  to  all  shareholders  under  the 
same conditions, during a period of three years as from the 
publication in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette, of 
the decision, taken by the general meeting of 24 February 2014 
(Article 16 of the articles of association).

7. Appropriation of profits
Under its new dividend policy for the group, Euronav intends 
to  distribute  at  least  80%  of  its  annual  net  result  for  future 
dividends. The yearly dividend is paid in two instalments: first as 
an interim dividend then as a balance payment corresponding 
to the final dividend. The interim dividend payout ratio, which 
may typically be more conservative than the yearly payout of 
at least 80% of net results, is announced together with the half 
year results and is paid in September. 

The final dividend is proposed by the Board of Directors (and 
is subject to approval by the shareholders). It is announced in 
March, together with the group full year results and is paid 
after the approval of shareholders at the annual shareholders 
meeting which takes place the second Thursday of the month 
of May and will be paid within the month of May.

8. Code of Conduct 
The Board of Directors approved the Euronav Code of Business 
Conduct and Ethics at its meeting of 9 December 2014. The 
purpose of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is to assist 
all the Euronav employees to enhance and protect the good 
reputation of Euronav. 

text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be found 
on the Company’s website www.euronav.com.

9. Measures regarding insider dealing and 
market manipulation
In  accordance  with  Directive  2003/6/EC  on  insider  dealing 
and  market  manipulation  (market  abuse),  at  its  meeting  of 
9 December 2014 the Board of Directors approved an updated 
version  of  the  Company’s  Dealing  Code  and  Policies  and 
Procedures to Detect and Prevent Insider Trading, also called 
the “Dealing Code”. The Dealing Code includes restrictions on 
trading in Euronav shares during so called “closed periods”, 
which have been in application for the first time in 2006. Directors 
and employees who intend to deal in Euronav shares must first 
request clearance from the Compliance Officer. Transactions 
that are to be disclosed in accordance with the Royal Decree 
of 5 March 2006 are being disclosed at the appropriate time.

10. Guberna
As Euronav strongly believes in the merits of corporate gover-
nance principles and is keen on further developing its corporate 
governance structure, Euronav joined Guberna as institutional 
member at the end of 2006. Guberna (www.guberna.be) is a 
knowledge centre promoting corporate governance in all its 
forms and offers a platform for the exchange of experiences, 
knowledge and best practices.

11. Gender diversity
In accordance with provision 2.1 of the Corporate Governance 
Code, the Board of Directors must be composed in a manner 
compliant with the principles of gender diversity as well as of 
diversity in general. The Board of Directors of Euronav currently 
consists of nine men and one woman with varying yet comple-
mentary knowledge bases and fields of experience. The Board 
of Directors has been made aware of the law of 28 July 2011 
on gender diversity and the recommendations issued by the 
Corporate Governance Committee following the enacting of the 
law with regard to the representation of women on Boards of 
Directors of listed companies. 

12. Appropriation accounts 
The result to be allocated for the financial year amounts to USD 
-67,388,790.62. Together with the transfer of USD 351,904,972.66 
from the previous financial year, this gives a profit balance to 
be appropriated of: USD 284,516,182.04. 

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics articulates the poli-
cies and guidelines that highlight the values of Euronav, more 
particularly in its relationship with customers, shareholders 
and other stakeholders as well as society in general. The full 

It will be proposed to the annual shareholders’ meeting of 13 
May 2015 to distribute a gross dividend in the amount of USD 
0.25 per share to all shareholders. The dividend will be payable 

46

EURONAV  
as from 22 May 2015. The share will trade ex-dividend as from 
18 May 2015 (record date 19 May 2015). The dividend to holders 
of Euronext shares will be paid in EUR at the USD/EUR exchange 
rate of the record date.

The proposal put before the annual shareholders’ meeting for 
the dividend over the fi nancial year 2014 from profi ts carried 
forward  is  justifi ed  in  view  of  the  stronger  tanker  markets 
since the end of 2014 which have continued in 2015. The gross 
dividend of USD 0.25 per share will make a total distribution in 
the amount of just below USD 40 million (USD 39,802,237.25). 
This  acceleration  of  returning  excess  cash  to  shareholders 
refl ects the Board’s and management’s commitment to creating 
and sustaining shareholder value. The USD 0.25 gross dividend 
per share paid from profi ts carried forward over fi nancial year 
2014 is, on this occasion, considered part of the new dividend 
policy for 2015. 

 ■ capital and reserves  
 ■ dividends  
 ■ carried forward  

USD 0.00
USD 39,802,237.25
USD 244,713,944.79

27 March 2015
Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Statement  47

The Euronav Group

Euronav Ship Management SAS

Euronav UK Agencies Ltd. 

Euronav Ship Management SAS, with head offi ce in Nantes in 
the  South  of  Brittany,  France  and  branch  offi ce  in  Antwerp, 
Belgium, is besides the traditional shipping activities, primarily 
responsible for Euronav’s offshore projects and the manage-
ment of vessels for the offshore industry. That includes tender 
projects, conversion works as well as performing the manage-
ment of these vessels including crewing, technical procurement, 
accounting and quality. All vessels are registered in Belgium 
or France except for two vessels which are registered in the 
Marshall Islands. That guarantees high levels of quality, safety 
and reliability. The Nantes offi ce and the Antwerp offi ce also 
provide crew management for Euronav’s French fl ag and Belgian 
fl ag trading oil tankers.

Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) 
Ltd.

In November 2005 Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. was 
established in Piraeus, Greece, as branch offi ce. Euronav Ship 
Management (Hellas) Ltd. engages in the ship management of 
the trading ocean-going oil tankers of Euronav and the super-
vision of the construction of newbuildings. Ship management 
includes crewing, technical, procurement, accounting, safety 
and quality assurance. The vessels managed by Euronav Ship 
Management (Hellas) Ltd. are registered in Greece, France, 
Belgium or the Marshall Islands.

Located in the heart of London, Euronav UK Agencies Ltd. is 
a commercial agency of the Euronav Group. Having a London 
presence  enables  Euronav  to  work  closely  with  the  major 
London-based clients and international brokering houses. At 
the end of November 2014 Euronav UK Agencies Ltd. moved to 
a new offi ce: 99 Kings Road, London, SW3 4PA.

Euronav Hong Kong Ltd.

Euronav Hong Kong Ltd. is the holding company of three wholly-
owned subsidiaries and seven 50% joint venture companies. 
The wholly-owned subsidiaries that fall under Euronav Hong 
Kong Ltd. are Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. (see short 
summary above), Euronav Luxembourg SA and Euro-Ocean Ship 
Management Ltd., a ship management company that handles 
the crew management of the FSO Asia and FSO Africa. TI Asia 
Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd., 50% joint venture companies with OSG, 
are  the  owners  of  respectively  the  FSO  Asia  and  FSO  Africa, 
both  currently  employed  at  the  Al  Shaheen  fi eld  offshore 
Qatar.  Fontvieille  Shipholding  Ltd.,  Moneghetti  Shipholding 
Ltd., Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding Ltd., 
50% joint venture companies with JM Maritime, each own one 
Suezmax vessel. The 50% joint venture company Kingswood 
fully owns Seven Seas Shipping Ltd., which owns one VLCC 
fl ying Panamanian fl ag.

48

EURONAV

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd. 

Great  Hope  Enterprises  Ltd.  is  a  50%  joint  venture  company 
which  owned  one  VLCC,  the  Ardenne  Venture,  which  was 
 delivered to its new owners in January 2014.

Current structure 

Euronav NV Belgium

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

50% 

 Euronav 
Ship Management 
SAS France 

 Euronav 
Shipping NV

 Euronav 
Tankers NV

 Euronav SAS 

 Euronav UK Ltd.

France

United Kingdom

 Euronav 
Hong Kong Ltd.
Hong Kong

Great Hope 
Enterprises Ltd.
Hong Kong

100% 

100% 

50%

100% 

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

100% 

 Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Antwerp) 
Branch Offi ce
Belgium

Kingswood

 Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Hellas) Ltd. 

 Euronav 
Luxembourg 
SA

Fontvieille
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Moneghetti
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Larvotto
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Fiorano
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Liberia

Marshall 
Islands

Luxembourg

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Africa 
Conversion 
Corp.

Asia
Conversion 
Corp.

TI Africa 
Ltd.

TI Asia 
Ltd.

Marshall 
Islands

Marshall 
Islands

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

E.S.M.C. 
Euro-Ocean 
Ship Manage-
ment Ltd.
Cyprus

100% 

100% 

 Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Hellas) 
Branch Offi ce 
Greece

Seven Seas 
Shipping Ltd.

Marshall 
Islands

The Euronav Group

49

 
 
Products and services

For our clients

To operate in a manner that is intended to contribute to the 
success  of  their  business  by  setting  increasingly  higher 
standards of quality and reliability.

Tanker shipping 

Euronav is a vertically integrated owner, operator and manager 
able to provide complete shipping services in addition to the 
carriage of crude oil on its fleet of modern large tankers. The 
crude oil seaborne transportation market is cyclical and highly 
volatile requiring flexible and proactive management of assets in 
terms of fleet composition and employment. Euronav increases 
exposure to the market through opportunistically entering the 
market by chartering vessels from other owners and tonnage 
providers whilst maintaining a core fleet of high quality owned 
or  controlled  tonnage.  On  16  March  2015  the  Euronav  core 
fleet had a weighted average age of less than 8 years. Euronav 
operates its fleet both on the spot and the period market. Most 
of Euronav’s VLCCs are operated in the TI pool. 

Euronav’s Suezmax fleet is partly fi xed on long-term charter 
while the other part is operated on the spot market by Euronav 
directly.

50

EURONAV

VLCC fl  eet
The Tankers International (TI) pool
Euronav’s  entire  owned  VLCC  fl eet  fl ies  Belgian,  Greek, 
French,  Panamanian  or  Marshall  Islands  fl ag.  Euronav  is  a 
founding member of the TI pool, which commenced operation in 
January 2000. The TI pool was established by Euronav and other 
leading tanker companies to meet the global transportation 
requirements of international oil companies and other major 
charterers. The TI pool operates one of the largest modern 
fl eets available in the world. The pool consisted of 40 double hull 
VLCCs on 16 March 2015. By participating in a pool, Euronav and 
its customers benefi t from the economies of scale inherent to 
such an arrangement. Furthermore, the TI pool has been able 
to enhance vessel earnings by improved utilisation (increased 
proportion of laden days versus ballast days) through use of 
combination  voyages,  contracts  of  affreightment  and  other 
effi ciencies  facilitated  by  the  size  and  quality  of  its  modern 
VLCC fl eet. By operating together scores of modern vessels, 
the TI pool aims to have a modern high quality VLCC available 
in the right place at the right time. 

Average age profi le of Euronav owned VLCC and 
V-Plus (and TC-in) 

41%  0-5 years old

41%  5-10 years old

18%  10-15 years old

Suezmax fl eet
Euronav’s entire owned Suezmax fl eet fl ies Greek or Belgian 
fl ag. The use of a national fl ag together with operational and 
maintenance standards in terms of age and performance, which 
are  higher  than  industry  norm,  enables  Euronav  to  employ 
part  of  its  fl eet  on  time  charter.  In  order  to  counterbalance 
the  spot  employment  of  its  VLCC  fl eet,  Euronav  chooses  to 
employ a part of its Suezmax fl eet on long-term time charter. 

This  strategy  allows  the  Company  to  benefi t  from  a  secure, 
steady and visible fl ow of income. Euronav owns and employs 
23 Suezmax vessels. Euronav’s Suezmax charterers are leading 
oil majors, refi ners and oil traders such as Valero, Petrobras, 
Total, Chevron and Sun Oil. On 16 March 2015 Euronav traded 
17 Suezmax vessels on the spot market.

Far East

US Gulf

U

S 

G

ulf – A

sia

VLCC

Suezmax

both VLCC and Suezmax 

Europe

Mid East

M

i

d

E

a

s

t

West Africa

– Eu r

p e

o

M

W

e
s
t

A

f

r

i

c

a

-

A

s

i

a

Mid East – Europe
Mid East – U

f
ul
S G

West 

A
f
r
i
c
a

W

e

–

st Africa – US Gul f

 Europe

B

r

a

zil - F

E

u

r

o

p

a

r E

a

s

t

e - F

a

r E
a
st

Asia

i a

i

d East  -   A s

M

i

d

E

a

s

t

–

P

acific Rim

Products and services 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average age profi le of Euronav owned Suezmax 
(and TC-in)

17%  0-5 years old

44%  5-10 years old

39%  >10 years old

Floating Production, Storage and 
Offl oading/Floating  Storage  and 
Offl oading (FPSO/FSO)

For  areas  without  pipeline  infrastructure  and  where  the 
 production platform has no storage capabilities (fi xed platform, 
MOPU,  Spar,  TLP,  Semi),  FSOs  are  perfect  because  of  their 
very large storage capacity and ability to be moored in almost 
any water depth. They have no process topsides, which makes 
them  relatively  simple  to  convert  from  existing  tankers,  as 
compared  to  an  FPSO.  FSOs  can  be  relocated  to  other  fi elds 
and  some  have  also  been  converted  to  FPSOs.  Furthermore, 

52

EURONAV

there  is  an  established  market  for  leasing  FSOs,  which  can 
help commercialize marginal or remote fi elds. The FSO system 
is now one of the most commercially viable concepts for remote 
or deep-water oil fi eld developments.

Euronav’s  initial  exposure  to  those  markets  was  with  VLCC 
 deployments in the Gulf and in West Africa back in 1998. The 
Maersk  Oil  Qatar  (MOQ)  project  (cf.  below)  was  engaged  in 
 because of the specifi c assets that Euronav owned: two of the 
only  four  V-Plus  vessels  that  exist  in  the  world,  the  TI  Asia 
(which belonged to Euronav) and the TI Africa (which belonged 
to OSG). The TI Europe (fully owned by Euronav) is one of the 
only two remaining unconverted V-Plus vessels worldwide. The 

Company strongly believes that the long-term employment of 
this  not  yet  converted  unit  lies  in  the  offshore  market.  Most 
of  the  new  oil  fi eld  discoveries  are  done  offshore  and  many  of 
them are gigantic oil fi elds (Brazil, West-Africa, Australia) which 
should require very large FSOs. Euronav therefore believes there 
will be a demand for this unit by offshore fi eld operators. 

By  engaging  in  the  MOQ  project,  Euronav  re-entered  the 
offshore market. MOQ awarded two contracts for the provision 
of  FSO  services  on  the  Al  Shaheen  oil  fi eld  offshore  Qatar 
where  both  converted  V-Plus  vessels  are  currently  operating 
through a 50% joint venture with OSG. Both FSOs are managed 
in-house by Euronav.

Products and services 

53

Ship Management

Fleet  management  is  conducted  by  three  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries:  Euronav  Ship  Management  SAS,  Euronav  SAS 
and  Euronav  Ship  Management  (Hellas)  Ltd.  The  skills  of  its 
seagoing offi cers and crew and its shore-based staff, including 
captains and engineers, give Euronav a competitive edge in high 
quality, maintenance and operation of vessels, as well as project 
development and execution. Euronav manages in-house a fleet of 
modern double hull crude oil carriers ranging from Suezmax to 
Very Large and Ultra Large Crude Oil Carriers and FSO. Euronav’s 
fleet trades worldwide in some of the most diffi cult weather condi-
tions and sea states, to ports and for charterers with the strictest 
requirements. The vessels and crews are in constant interaction 
with the shore staff through regular onboard visits, briefi ng and 
debriefi ng discussions, sophisticated communication means and 
conferences ashore and on board or in-house training sessions. 
Superintendents,  internal  and  external  auditors,  customers, 
as well as national and international regulatory bodies assess 
vessel and crew performance. Euronav has excellent relations 
with all oil majors. The organisation, as well as the vessels, has 
successfully passed numerous oil major vetting assessments. 

to a teamwork culture where people work together for the overall 
success of the Company, on shore and at sea. 

Euronav practices genuine performance planning and appraisal, 
training and development, and promotion from within. Its policies 
aim to enhance and reward performance, engage its people and 
retain key talent.

Euronav delivers and operates high-quality, innovative fl oating 
production  solutions  for  the  offshore  oil  industry.  We  do 
so  by  cultivating  a  talented  team  that  works  with  integrity, 
communicates openly, serves the community and protects the 
environment. Euronav maintains an integrated ship management 
approach with the following qualities:

 ■

  proven experience in managing oil tankers;

 ■ experienced offi cers and crews with professional credentials;
 ■ professional relations based on merit and trust;
 ■ commitment to improving the quality of working life at sea;
 ■ safety and quality assurance including training, auditing and 

vetting;

All services are provided with the ultimate regard for the health, 
safety, security, environmental and quality standards applicable 
to the maritime transportation industry as a primary concern. 
Euronav is committed to continuous enhancement of the safety, 
security and quality of the fleet’s operation and employment as 
well as to the protection of the environment. Euronav is devoted 

 ■ modern  and  effective  computer-based  management  and 

training systems;

 ■ human  resources  policies  where  people  work  together  for 

common goals;

 ■ hands-on  technical  management  backed  by  the  latest 

 software platforms and communication systems;

54

EURONAV

 ■ experience in long-term asset protection and upgrade;
 ■ open communication and transparency in reporting.

Full range of services

The Euronav Group provides a full range of ship management 
services:

 ■

 full technical services;

 ■ fl eet  personnel  management  of  experienced  offi cers  and 

crew;

Euronav  utilises  a  set  of  clearly  defi ned  Key  Performance 
Indicators (KPIs) as well as standardized inspection reports 
which are thoroughly evaluated to facilitate the measurement 
of performance such as:

 ■

 vessel reliability;

 ■ crew and shore staff retention and wellbeing;
 ■ safety and environmental performance;
 ■ vessel energy effi ciency;
 ■ vetting and port state controls;
 ■ planned and condition-based maintenance;
 ■ dry-docking  planning  and  repairs  based  on  work  list  from 

 ■ comprehensive  health,  safety,  quality  and  environmental 

dry-dock to dry-dock;

protection management system;

 ■ quarterly management review meetings monitor the trend 

and set the course of actions.

 ■ insurance & claims handling;
 ■ global  sourcing  of  bunkering,  equipment  and  services  for 

optimum synergies, pricing and quality;

 ■ fi nancial,  information  technology,  human  resources  and 
 legal  services  to  improve  performance  of  the  Group’s 
 human, fi nancial and information assets;

 ■ project management for:

-  newbuilding supervision, including pre- and post-contract 

consultancy and technical support;

- FSO conversions;
- upgrade of assets for improved operational effi ciency;
 commercial management;
 operational management.

 ■

 ■

Ship Management

55

Fleet of the Euronav Group 
as per 31 December 2014

Owned VLCC and V-Plus

Owned

Built

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

TBO

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2012

2009

2001

2001

2004

2010

2010

2011

2013

2012

2012

2012

2008

2006

2007

2008

2007

2009

2008

2007

2011

2011

2012

2012

2002

Dwt

320,350

315,981

298,330

298,412

305,688

302,550

302,624

302,550

302,965

314,000

314,000

314,000

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

323,527

323,183

314,000

314,000

441,561

Draft

22.50

22.50

21.13

21.13

22.42

21.03

21.03

21.03

21.64

22.37

22.38

22.37

22.72

22.72

22.72

22.72

22.72

22.30

22.72

22.72

21.32

22.62

22.10

22.10

24.53

Flag

Greek

French

French

French

French

French

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Belgian

Belgian

Belgian

Marsh I

Marsh I

Marsh I

Marsh I

Marsh I

Belgian

Belgian

Marsh I

French

French

Belgian

Belgian

Belgian

Length (m)

Shipyard

330.00

333.00

333.00

332.94

332.00

333.00

333.00

333.00

330.00

319.03

319.03

333.14

321.67

321.70

321.65

321.60

321.70

321.66

321.67

321.64

319.57

319.57

319.57

319.57

380.00

Samsung H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hitachi Zosen

Hitachi Zosen

Daewoo H.I.

Universal

Universal

Universal

Japan Marine United

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

STX O&S

STX O&S

STX O&S

STX O&S

Daewoo H.I.

Name

Alsace

Antarctica1

Artois

Famenne

Flandre1

TBN Hakata2

Hakone

Hirado3

Hojo

Ilma

Ingrid

Iris

Nautic

Nautilus

Navarin

Nectar

Neptun

Newton

Noble

Nucleus

Sandra

Sara

Simone

Sonia

TI Europe

56

EURONAV

Name

TI Hellas

TI Topaz

V.K. Eddie

Owned

100%

100%

50%

Built

2005

2002

2005

Dwt

319,254

319,430

305,261

Draft

22.52

22.52

22.42

Flag

Length (m)

Shipyard

Belgian

Belgian

Panama

332.99

332.99

332.00

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Daewoo H.I.

TC Out = time chartered out
Marsh I = Marshall Islands 
TBN = to be named
TBO = to be owned

1In 2014 the Antarctica and the Flandre have been in dry dock and underwent a special 
survey (standard procedure for ships every 5 years) in Singapore in March and in June 
respectively. 
2Vessel expected to be delivered in the second quarter of 2015.
3Vessel delivered to Euronav on 26 February 2015.

VLCC vessels sold in the course of 2014

Name

Antarctica4

Luxembourg

Olympia

Owned

100%

100%

100%

Built

2009

1999

2008

Dwt

315,981

299,150

315,981

Draft

22.50

22.02

22.50

Flag

Length (m)

Shipyard

French

Marsh I

French

333.00

332.06

333.00

Hyundai H.I.

Daewoo H.I. 

Hyundai H.I.

4Vessel delivered to its new owners on 15 January 2015.

Owned FSO (Floating, Storage and Offl oading)

Name

FSO Africa

FSO Asia

Owned

50%

50%

Built

2002

2002

Dwt

442,000

442,000

Draft

24.53

24.53

Flag

Length (m)

Shipyard

Marsh I

Marsh I

380.00

380.00

Daewoo H.I.

Daewoo H.I.

Fleet of the Euronav Group

57

Owned Suezmax

Name

Owned

Built

Cap Charles

Cap Diamant

Cap Felix

Cap Georges

Cap Guillaume

Cap Jean

Cap Lara

Cap Laurent

Cap Leon

Cap Philippe

Cap Pierre

Cap Romuald

Cap Theodora

Cap Victor

Capt. Michael

Devon

Eugenie5

Felicity5

Filikon

Finesse

Fraternity5

Maria

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

50%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100%

100%

50%

2006

2001

2008

1998

2006

1998

2007

1998

2003

2006

2004

1998

2008

2007

2012

2011

2010

2009

2002

2003

2009

2012

Dwt

158,881

160,044

158,765

146,652

158,889

146,627

158,826

146,645

159,049

158,920

159,083

146,640

158,819

158,853

157,648

157,642

157,672

157,667

149,989

149,994

157,714

157,523

Draft

17.00

15.62

17.02

17.00

17.00

16.12

17.00

16.12

17.02

17.00

17.02

16.12

17.00

17.00

17.00

17.02

17.02

17.02

15.95

15.95

17.02

17.00

Flag

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

Length (m)

Shipyard

274.00

277.32

274.00

274.06

274.00

274.06

274.00

274.06

274.29

274.00

274.29

274.06

274.00

274.00

274.82

274.82

274.00

274.00

274.20

247.20

274.20

274.82

Samsung H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Universal

Universal

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

5In 2014 the Eugenie, the Fraternity and the Felicity have been dry-docked and underwent a special survey. The Eugenie in Setubal, Portugal 

(October), the Felicity in Constanta, Romania (June) and the Fraternity in Ras Laffan, Qatar (November). 

Time chartered in VLCC

Name

KHK Vision

Maersk Hirado6

Owned

100%

100%

Built

2007

2011

Dwt

305,749

302,550

Draft

22.40

21.03

Flag

Length (m)

Singapore

Singapore

332.00

330.00

Shipyard

Daewoo H.I.

Universal

6Time charter effective till delivery to Euronav as new owner which took place on 26 February 2015.

Time chartered in Suezmax

Name

Suez Hans

Owned

100%

Built

2011

Dwt

158,574

Draft

17.17

Flag

Length (m)

Shipyard

Marsh I

274.33

Hyundai H.I.

58

EURONAVFleet of the Euronav Group  59

Health, Safety, Quality, 
Environment and Society 

For our society

To transport an essential source of energy in a way that is 
economically, socially and environmentally viable now and in 
the future.

Corporate Social  Responsibility 

Health

At Euronav we defi ne Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as 
responsible citizenship within the environment and communities in 
which we operate. We do this by replacing obsolete assets to keep 
a modern fl eet, delivering services that meet the evolving needs 
of society and attracting and empowering successive generations 
of professionals. Moreover, we view CSR as being embedded in 
our Health, Safety, Quality and Environment (HSQE) standards. 
We believe that all these factors have enabled us to retain the 
trust and support of our customers, shareholders, employees 
and the communities in which we operate. 

Euronav has the will to create a space for all at work, to discuss any 
issues we might otherwise discuss at home or with friends about 
the environment. It is our goal to develop realistically achievable 
targets for reducing the environmental footprint of the Company.

The health of Euronav personnel, both on board and ashore is a 
very important aspect of the Company’s management system. 
The  working  environment  is  regularly  monitored  for  proper 
health conditions. Health standards and guidelines of Euronav 
highlight  important  issues  such  as  general  living  conditions, 
physical exercise and storage of food and nutritional practices.

Health awareness
Targeted for seafarers, the health awareness focuses on three 
main elements:

 ■ fi tness: providing necessary equipment on board;
 ■ healthy food: giving healthy food preparation tips and menus;
 ■ food  safety:  realising  the  importance  of  the  receipt  and 
 handling  of  provisions  (personal  hygiene  in  the  galley  and 
the cleaning and disinfection of the aliments).

Drug and alcohol policy
Euronav is fully committed to maintaining a safe and healthy 
working environment. Illegal possession, consumption, distri-
bution or sale of drugs or alcohol by any shipboard personnel 
shall lead to instant dismissal and will expose the person to 
legal proceedings.

60

EURONAV

Safety 

Euronav  is  committed  to  operating  in  accordance  with  the 
highest standards of safety in the marine transportation industry 
and  employs  experienced  crew  to  ensure  that  its  vessels 
are  operated  in  a  safe  and  environmentally  sound  manner. 
By promoting an active  safety  culture  among its  personnel, 
both ashore and on board, Euronav is committed not only to 
providing  a  quality  service  to  their  clients,  but  especially  to 
ensuring consistent protection of the environment and working 
conditions. Focusing on safety also means to make sure our 
crew is qualified, regularly trained, informed of current issues 
and looked after as far as their health is concerned. 

 ■ Vessel  Response  Plan  (VRP)  dealing  with  oil  pollution 
emergencies  and  the  response  thereto  in  US  waters  
(as required by US law – Oil Pollution Act 1990);

 ■ California Contingency Plan (CCP) dealing with oil pollution 

emergencies and the response in Californian waters;

 ■ Standard  Table  Top  Exercises  (TTX)  which  are  emergency 
drills including officers, vessel staff and external participants 
such as qualified individual or salvage and fire experts;
 ■ Quarterly Tailor made Table Top Exercise (TTX) with the par-

ticipation of vessels and shore management;

 ■ weekly  emergency  drills  on  board  covering  various 

Fleet
The  Euronav  fleet  has  been  built  in  the  world’s  established 
shipyards and the vessels built for Euronav are constructed in 
accordance with Euronav’s own specifications, which in many 
cases exceed the requirements of the international regulatory 
agencies. 

Management of emergencies
The main potential risk for the environment related to the transport 
of crude oil is the accidental release of cargo into the sea due to 
breaching  the  vessel’s  containment,  as  a  result  of  grounding, 
collision  etc.  Hence  the  focus  on  safety  of   transportation  is 
paramount in our organisation. To deal with possible emergencies, 
the following procedures have been put into place:
 ■ Emergency and Contingency Manual (ECM) dealing with all 

possible emergencies other than to oil pollution;

 ■ Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) dealing with oil 

pollution emergencies and the response thereto;

 scenarios.

Quality

By focusing on quality, Euronav arranges for its employees to 
receive a level of care and training designed to deliver the best 
service to its clients, whilst striving to have the less possible 
negative  impact  on  the  environment.  One  way  of  delivering 
the  best  quality  is  to  set  measurable  annual  objectives  and 
key performance indicators and regularly monitor the actual 
performance against these. Regular communication and feed-
back exchange with the clients, as well as prompt response 
to their requests is a key parameter for ensuring the quality 
of our services.

Health, Safety, Quality, Environment and Society

61

62

EURONAVISM compliance
Euronav has developed a Health, Safety, Quality and Environ-
mental Maritime Management System which integrates health, 
safety, environment and quality management into one seamless 
system  that  fully  complies  with  the  ISM  Code  for  the  “Safe 
Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention”.

Certificates
Euronav Ship Management SAS obtained ISM certification from 
the Belgian Maritime Inspectorate and Bureau Veritas on behalf 
of the Marshall Islands. ISO 9001:2008 certification was obtained 
from Det Norske Veritas while the Environmental Management 
System certification (ISO 14001:2004) was obtained from Bureau 
Veritas Certification. 

Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. has obtained its ISM 
certificates and Document of Compliance from the American 
Bureau of Shipping on behalf of Greek and Marshall Islands Flag 
Administration, from the Belgian Maritime Inspectorate for the 
Belgian flag vessels and from the French Flag Administration 
for the French flag vessels. ISO 9001:2008 as well as 14001:2004 
certifications were obtained by the American Bureau of Shipping. 
These certificates were renewed in 2014.

Quality shipping for the 21st century
In their efforts to eliminate substandard shipping, U.S. Coast 
Guard has primarily focused on improved methods to identify 
poor and high quality vessels and to enforce compliance with 
international  and  U.S.  standards.  QUALSHIP  21  is  a  Marine 
Safety Initiative implemented by the Coast Guard on January 
1,  2001  to  identify  high  quality  foreign-flagged  ships  and  to 
provide incentives to encourage quality operations. High quality 
ships are recognised and rewarded for their commitment to 
safety and quality. 

In 2014 all vessels operated within Euronav were eligible for 
QUALSHIP 21 and Euronav was proud to see the following 21 of 
its vessels awarded with QUALSHIP 21: Cap Philippe, Eugenie, 
Alsace, Devon, Famenne, Filikon, Finesse, Cap Laurent, Cap Leon, 
Maria, Captain Michael, Cap Theodora, Cap Charles, Cap Guillaume, 
Cap Lara, Cap Romuald, Cap Victor, Cap Diamant, Cap Georges, 
Felicity and Nautilus.

Indicatively, the eligibility criteria for rewarding non-U.S. flagged 
quality ships are:

 ■  no substandard vessel detentions in the U.S. within the pre-

vious 36 months;

 ■ no  marine  violations  or  serious  marine  casualties  and 
no  more  than  one  ticket  in  the  U.S.  within  the  previous 
36 months;

 ■ successful U.S. Port State Control (PSC) Safety Exam with-

in the previous 12 months;

 ■ not  owned  or  operated  by  any  company  that  has  been 
 associated  with  any  PSC  detention  in  U.S.  waters  within 
the previous 24 months;

 ■ not certified by a targeted organisation (targeted recognised 
organisations are any that have points assigned in the U.S. 
Port State Control Matrix);

 ■ not  registered  with  a  Flag  State  that  has  a  detention  ratio 
greater than 1.0% and the vessel’s Flag State must have at 
least 10 distinct arrivals in each of the previous 3 years.

Training
Euronav  has  built  a  comprehensive  system  of  continuous 
training programs and seminars both on board and ashore which 
ensures a constant awareness among all personnel in their 
day-to-day operational duties. Training activities are carried out 
in a classroom or online through a computer-based program.

Environment

The Company believes that pollution prevention on board of a 
ship is a first priority and aims at environmental excellence. In 
order to accomplish this, key personnel, corporate and contract 
personnel  must  clearly  adhere  to  the  complete  contents  of 
the  Health,  Safety,  Quality  and  Environmental  Protection 
Management System.

During quarterly management review meetings the management 
reassesses and implements initiatives regarding the Company’s 
environmental performance. Euronav also actively participates 
in several industry associations (Intertanko, Helmepa, Namepa, 
TSCF, Oil Majors and Industry Conferences and Classification 
Societies Committees) which promote safe and environmentally 
sound ship design and operations. Through its membership with 
the Intertanko Safety, Technical and Environmental Committee, 
the Company has promoted the concept of benchmarking on 
environmental  performance  within  the  shipping  industry. 
Euronav is ISO 14001 certified for Environmental protection. 

Handling of emissions to the atmosphere
World trade and ship numbers have seen a steady increase over 
recent years, but in parallel there have been economies of scale 
with larger, more efficient ships. On a per unit basis, emissions 
both of harmful substances, pollutants and greenhouse gases 
from ships have been reduced, allowing shipping to assert that 
it is the most environmentally friendly and the most energy 
efficient transport mode. Even if shipping will never replace 
all  the  other  transport  modes,  more  shipping  is  part  of  the 
solution to the challenges of air emissions and global warming 
which the world faces today.

Health, Safety, Quality, Environment and Society 63

Further initiatives
The safety of human life and the protection of the environment 
are primary concerns to Euronav. Euronav is committed to the 
implementation  of  the  following  safety,  quality  and  environ-
mental objectives:

 ■ provide  a  safe  working  environment  ashore  and  afloat  by 
encouraging  all  employees  to  identify  potentially  unsafe 
 conditions or practices and to undertake corrective  measures;
 ■ cooperate  with  maritime  organisations  and  government, 
trade and industry associations to achieve highest standards 
of safety and preservation of the environment;

 ■ protect  and  preserve  resources,  preventing  pollution  by  an 

environmentally conscious operation of vessels;

 ■ introduction of efficient fuel saving measures;
 ■ continuously improve safety management skills of  personnel 
ashore and on board ships, including preparing for emergen-
cies related both to safety and environmental protection;
 ■ continuously improve all processes by reviewing the  available 
information against stated policies and objectives, evaluating 
audit results and analysing available records of corrective and 
preventive actions.

Ship recycling
Although our fleet is young, vessel recycling is an important 
matter on which Euronav is actively working. The green passport 
is a significant item of the recycling policy and is a document that 
follows the entire life of a vessel, beginning with its construction. 
This document needs to be updated on a regular basis by all 
different parties involved during the life cycle of a vessel. It 
contains information such as ship particulars, details on the 
construction  yard  but,  most  importantly,  information  about 
every product used during the construction and operation of the 
vessel. Because of the importance of the green passport within 
the recycling policy, all Euronav’s newbuildings are carrying 
a green passport, namely: Cap Theodora, Cap Philippe, Cap 
Guillaume, Cap Charles, Cap Victor, Cap Lara, Cap Felix, Felicity, 
Fraternity, Eugenie, Devon, Maria, Capt. Michael and Alsace 
(including Cap Isabella, Olympia and Antarctica  that  are  no 
longer part of the Euronav fleet). 

Euronav’s dedication to the reduction of emissions is demon-
strated by:

 ■ the setup of a Fleet Energy Management team, i.e.  dedicated 
resources  with  the  sole  objective  to  plan  and  implement 
measures to reduce emissions and fuel  consumption;

 ■ the development of an effective policy on reduction of harm-

ful emissions to air;

 ■ the  development  of  an  advanced  performance  manage-

ment system; 

 ■ not  burning  plastics  on  board  the  vessels  but  delivering 

them ashore;

 ■ the participation of Euronav vessels in the performance of 
lightering operations  in  the Delaware  River  with cargo va-
pour emission control.

Euronav takes a systematic approach towards monitoring the 
fuel efficiency and evaluating potential improvements in order 
to reduce the fuel oil consumption and CO2 emissions. Energy 
efficiency measures include: 

 ■  installation of devices that improve propulsion efficiency (e.g. 

Mewis duct);

 ■ installation  of  electric  heaters 

for  minimizing 
 consumption when the vessel is idle or slow steaming;

fuel 

 ■ painting  vessels  with  modern  anti-fouling  paint  which  im-
proves propulsion efficiency, carbon emissions, as well as re-
ducing the toxic effect of the paint on marine life;
 ■ hull and propeller cleaning based on observation;
 ■ slow steaming as part of voyage optimization; 
 ■ hardware  and  software  installation  for  close  monitoring  of 

a vessel’s speed and consumption performance.

Handling of waste
During normal vessels’ operations, Euronav tries to reduce to a 
maximum vessels’ waste by:

 ■ reducing the plastic packaging on board to a strict  minimum;
 ■ recycling packing material;
 ■ compacting rubbish prior to discharging;
 ■ keeping  on  board  cargo  residues  and  delivering  ashore  at 

proper reception facilities;

 ■ participating  in  the  International  Maritime  Organisation 
(IMO)  initiatives  to  improve  the  port  reception  facilities 
by  reporting  any  deficiencies  by  using  the  IMO  relevant 
 questionnaire;

 ■ sewage treatment plants on board handling the black and grey 
waters in order to minimise the impact on the  environment. 

64

EURONAVLuvuyo House
Luvuyo House’s principal aim is to help children left behind by 
aids in the slums around Cape Town, South Africa. Euronav made 
a donation in order to help finance food, clothing, schooling, 
medication, housing and the wages of the children’s fulltime 
caretaker. 

Education

School and training program
Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. is participating in the 
Internship programs of Greek Universities, focusing in Marine 
studies, by offering their students the opportunity to work for a 
couple of months, usually during the summer. The Company has 
also been sponsoring distinguished graduates of these schools.

Society

Community involvement
Euronav wants to impact positively on the communities where we 
live and work. We do this by building relationships and inspiring 
philanthropy and goodwill both inside and outside the Company. 
We actively encourage staff to engage in community initiatives 
and support employee involvement be it volunteering, fund-
raising or donations through options such as fund-matching 
or sponsoring specific events.

Benefit for children 2014
The Valero Texas Open Benefit for Children Golf Classic which 
has been running since 2002 is a project of the Valero Energy 
Corporation raising money for children’s charities in the commu-
nities where Valero has major operations. The 2014 Valero Texas 
Open Benefit for Children Golf Classic and the Valero Texas Open 
contributed  USD  9  million  to  children.  As  for  previous  years, 
Euronav specifically requested for its donation to be oriented 
towards  children’s  charities  based  in  Quebec  where  a  large 
number of our vessels trade. 

ARGO foundation and Doctors Without Borders
Rather  than  sending  a  traditional  Season’s  greetings  card, 
Euronav  has  sent  an  electronic  card  to  all  sea  staff  and 
associates.  The  amount  otherwise  allocated  to  cards  and 
postage has been donated to the ARGO foundation for children 
with special needs and to Doctors Without Borders.

Health, Safety, Quality, Environment and Society 65

Human resources 

For our employees

To inspire and enable talented, hard-working people to 
achieve their career goals in a healthy, challenging and 
rewarding environment.

One cornerstone of the Euronav mission is dedicated to our 
people: to inspire and enable talented, hard-working people 
to  achieve  their  career  goals  in  a  healthy,  challenging  and 
rewarding environment. Throughout its shore-based offi ces 
in London, Nantes, Antwerp and Piraeus, Euronav has approxi-
mately 130 employees. This geographic span across Europe 
refl ects a deep-rooted maritime history and culture built up 
over  generations.  About  2,300  seafarers  of  many  different 
nationalities work aboard Euronav vessels. In an environment 
where there is a shortening supply of competent seafarers, 
Euronav has qualifi ed and experienced masters to man all the 
vessels. Masters’ conferences and crew conferences are held 
regularly. Euronav is devoted to a teamwork culture and an 
environment where people work together for the overall success 

of the Company, on shore and at sea. Euronav practises genuine 
performance  planning  and  appraisal,  training  and  develop-
ment and promotion from within. Our policies aim to enhance 
and reward performance, engage our people and retain key 
talent.  We  celebrate  the  diversity  in  our  workforce.  Many  of 
our employees and offi cers have a wealth of long service and 
experience in the business while others are new entrants with 
fresh perspectives. This commitment and stability enriched 
with diversity have enabled us to achieve excellent results in 
an  extremely  competitive  industry.  Euronav  people  bring  to 
the job a rich diversity of educational and professional quali-
fi cations,  including  professionals  with  engineering,  fi nance, 
business administration, legal and humanities backgrounds 
who have specialised in tanker operations, crewing, marine 

Total offi cers and apprentices on board = 551

Total ratings on board = 657

2 Poland
27 Romania
4 Russia
1 Morocco

2 Pakistan
1 Italy
1 Netherlands
14 Belgium

86 Bulgaria

2 Cyprus
31 France

30 Romania

152 El Salvador

103 Honduras

15 Indonesia
1 Nicaragua
2 Peru

42 Croatia

137 Greece

354  Philippines

120 Philippines

52 Panama

29 Indonesia

66

EURONAV

and technical areas and shipping corporate services. Virtually 
everyone speaks at least two languages fl uently and half the 
staff speaks three or more languages.

Accomplishments in 2014
In 2014 the human resources department has invested a great 
deal of work in the following areas:

Our Culture
Euronav is an integrated shipping services provider with high 
quality standards and ambitious goals. To empower its people to 
meet these challenges, Euronav’s identity is characterised by:

 ■  staff changes: HR has been actively involved in the selection, 
recruitment and induction of staff due to the need for addi-
tional resources following the recent fl eet growth;

 ■ performance  appraisals:  the  annual  performance  review 

which took place in November/December;

 ■ common culture with local authority to act;
 ■ high involvement and fl exibility in which much of the work is 
carried out by cross-functional, cross-branch,  self-directed 
work teams;

 ■ clarity in roles, expectations and authorities;
 ■ professional  growth  and  development  opportunities 

 ■ training: the human resources department partnered with all 
departments to help defi ne, develop and deliver  customized 
training solutions. Individual training plans were written for 
each  staff  member  across  the  group  as  guidance  for  the 
whole year;

 ■ further  development  on  internal  Eurostaff  software  for 

 aligned with business needs;

 reporting purposes and audit requirements;

 ■ maritime HR forum: active participation to the forum of which 

Euronav is a founding member;

 ■ all  hands  event:  the  8th  edition  of  this  event  took  place  in 

Greece and was attended by 105 employees. 

 ■  quality and professionalism in matters large and small;
 ■ communication and a no-blame culture cultivated by example.

We encourage corporate social responsibility and have values 
of fairness and responsibility embedded in our operating ethos. 
We  are  an  equal  opportunity  employer;  people  are  selected, 
rewarded and advanced based on performance and merit. We 
strive to fully comply with law and regulations in the markets in 
which we operate. Euronav strives to be an exemplary employer 
among its peers and participates in forums for an open exchange 
of best practices.

Human resources 

67

Glossary

Aframax – A medium size crude oil tanker of approximately 
80,000 to 120,000 deadweight tons. Aframaxes can generally 
transport  from  500,000  to  800,000  barrels  of  crude  oil  and 
are also used in lightering. A coated Aframax operating in the 
refi ned petroleum products trades may be referred to as an LR2.

Ballast  –  Seawater  taken  into  a  vessel’s  tanks  in  order  to 
increase draught, to change trim or to improve stability. Ballast 
can be taken into cargo tanks, double bottoms, fore and aft 
peak tanks and/or segregated ballast tanks (SBT). All Euronav 
vessels are equipped with segregated ballast tanks.

Bareboat Charter – A Charter under which a customer pays 
a fi xed daily or monthly rate for a fi xed period of time for use of 
the vessel. The customer pays all costs of operating the vessel, 
including voyage and vessel expenses. Bareboat charters are 
usually long term.

Barrel – A volumetric unit of measurement equal to 42 US 
gallons or 158.99 litre. There are 6.2898 barrels in one cubic 
meter. Note that while oil tankers do not carry oil in barrels 
(although ships once did in the 19th century), the term is still 
used to defi ne the volume.

BITR  –  Baltic  Index  Tanker  Routes.  The  Baltic  Exchange  is 
a  source  of  independent,  freight  market  data.  Information 
collected from a number of major shipbrokers around the world 
is collated and published daily. The Exchange publishes the 
following daily indices: the Baltic Panamax Index, the Baltic 
Capesize  Index,  the  Baltic  Handymax  Index  and  the  Baltic 
International Tanker Routes - clean and dirty. The Exchange 
also publishes a daily fi xture list.

Charter – Contract entered into with a customer for the use 
of the vessel for a specifi c voyage at a specifi c rate per unit 
of cargo (Voyage Charter), or for a specifi c period of time at 
a specifi c rate per unit (day or month) of time (Time Charter).

Charterer – The company or person to whom the use of the 
vessel is granted for the transportation of cargo or passengers 
for a specifi ed time.

Classifi cation Societies – Organizations that establish and 
administer standards for the design, construction and opera-
tional  maintenance  of  vessels.  Vessels  cannot  trade  unless 
they meet these standards.

Commercial Management or Commercially Managed 
– The management of the employment, or chartering, of a vessel 
and associated functions, including seeking and negotiating 
employment for vessels, billing and collecting revenues, issuing 
voyage instructions, purchasing fuel and appointing port agents.

Contango – Is a term used in the futures market to describe 
an upward sloping forward curve. Such a forward curve is said 
to be “in contango”. Formally, it is the situation where and the 
amount by which, the price of a commodity for future delivery is 
higher than the spot price, or a far future delivery price higher 
than a nearer future delivery. The opposite market condition 
to contango is known as backwardation.

Contract of Affreightment or COA – An agreement provi-
ding for the transportation between specifi ed points for a specifi c 
quantity of cargo over a specifi c time period but without desig-
nating specifi c vessels or voyage schedules, thereby allowing 
fl exibility in scheduling since no vessel designation is required. 
COAs can either have a fi xed rate or a market-related rate. 

Crude Oil – Oil in its natural state that has not been refi ned 
or altered.

Deadweight  –  Deadweight  Tonnage  (dwt)  –  The  lifting  or 
carrying capacity of a ship when fully loaded. This measure 
is expressed in metric tons when the ship is in salt water and 
loaded to her marks. It includes cargo, bunkers, water, stores, 
passengers and crew.

Demurrage – Additional revenue paid to the ship owner on 
its Voyage Charters for delays experienced in loading and/or 
unloading cargo that are not deemed to be the responsibility of 
the ship owner, calculated in accordance with specifi c Charter 
terms.

68

EURONAV

 
Double Hull  –  A  design  of  tanker  with  double  sides  and  a 
double bottom. The spaces created between the double sides 
and bottom are used for ballast and provide a protective distance 
between the cargo tanks and the outside world.

Draft – The vertical distance measured from the lowest point 
of a ship’s hull to the water surface. Draft marks are cut into 
or welded onto the surface of a ship’s plating. They are placed 
forward and aft on both sides of the hull and also amidships. 
The Plimsoll lines which designate maximum drafts allowed 
for vessels under various conditions are also found amidships.

Dry-dock – An out-of-service period during which planned 
repairs and maintenance are carried out, including all under-
water  maintenance  such  as  external  hull  painting.  During 
the  dry-docking,  certain  mandatory  Classification  Society 
inspections are carried out and relevant certifications issued. 
Modern vessels are designed to operate for 5 years between 
dry-dockings. Normally, as the age of a vessel increases, the 
cost  and  frequency  of  dry-docking  increase.  After  the  third 
Special Survey, Dry-docks will be conducted every 2.5 years. 

FPSO – Stands for Floating Production, Storage and Offloading. 
FPSOs are designed to receive all of the hydrocarbon fluids 
pumped by nearby offshore platforms (oil and gas), process it 
and store it. FPSOs are typically moored offshore ship-shaped 
vessel,  with  processing  equipment,  or  topsides,  aboard  the 
vessel’s deck and hydrocarbon storage below, in the hull of 
the vessel.

FSO – A Floating, Storage and Offloading vessel is commonly 
used in oil fields where it is not possible or efficient to lay a 
pipeline  to  the  shore.  The  production  platform  will  transfer 
the oil to the FSO where it will be stored until a tanker arrives 
and connects to the FSO to offload it.

IMO – International Maritime Organization – IMO’s main task is 
to develop and maintain a comprehensive regulatory framework 
for shipping including safety, environmental concerns, legal 
matters, technical co-operation, maritime security and the effi-
ciency of shipping. The Convention establishing the International 
Maritime Organization (IMO) was adopted in Geneva in 1948. 

Intertanko – International Association of Independent Tanker 
Owners.

ISM – International Safety Management is a set of regulations 
that  operators  of  tankers  must  comply  with,  which  aims  to 
improve the safety standards of the tanker industry.

Knot – A unit of speed equal to one nautical mile (1.852 km) 
per hour, approximately 1.151 mph. 

KPI  –  Key  Performance  Indicator.  A  performance  indicator 
or key performance indicator (KPI) is a type of performance 
measurement. An organization may use KPIs to evaluate its 
success, or to evaluate the success of a particular activity in 
which it is engaged.

Mewis duct – A device that can be positioned ahead of the 
propeller.  It  can  significantly  enhance  the  efficiency  of  the 
propulsion and can also be retrofitted on an existing ship. It 
provides significant fuel savings at a given speed. The device 
consists of a duct together with an integrated fin system. 

MOPU – Mobile Offshore Production Unit.

P&I  Insurance  –  Protection  and  indemnity  insurance, 
commonly known as P&I insurance, is a form of marine insu-
rance  provided  by  a  P&I  club.  A  P&I  club  is  a  mutual  (i.e.  a 
co-operative) insurance association that provides cover for its 
members, who will typically be ship-owners, ship-operators 
or charterers.

Pool – A pool is a group of similar size and quality vessels with 
different ship owners that are placed under one administrator 
or manager. Pools allow for scheduling and other operating 
efficiencies such as multi-legged charters and Contracts of 
Affreightment.

Profit  share  –  is  a  mechanism  where,  depending  on  the 
outcome of the negotiations and under certain time charter 
contracts  it  is  being  agreed  that  the  owner  of  the  vessel  is 
entitled to an increase of the agreed base hire rate (minimum 
or floor) amounting to a certain percentage of the difference 
between that base rate and the average of rates applicable for 
a certain period on certain routes.

Glossary

69

 
Rate – The cost or revenue for a particular voyage based on a 
standard reference, e.g. Worldscale, INTASCALE, ATRS. 

Suezmax – The maximum size vessel that can sail through the 
Suez Canal. This is generally considered to be between 120,000 
and 199,999 dwt depending on a ship’s dimensions and draft.

Scrapping – The disposal of vessels by demolition for scrap 
metal.

Semi – A semi-submersible (semi-submerged ship) is a speci-
alised marine vessel used in a number of specific offshore roles 
such as offshore drilling rigs, safety platforms, oil production 
platforms and heavy lift cranes. They are designed with good 
stability and seakeeping characteristics. Other terms include 
semisubmersible, semi-sub, or simply semi.

Shale oil – A crude oil that is extracted from oil shale (fine-
grained sedimentary rock containing kerogen) by using techni-
ques other than the conventional (oil well) method for example 
heating and distillation.

Spar – Single Point Mooring and Reservoir – A spar is a type 
of floating oil platform typically used in very deep waters and 
is named for logs used as buoys in shipping that are moored in 
place vertically. Spar production platforms have been developed 
as an alternative to conventional platforms.

Special Survey – The survey required by the Classification 
Society that usually takes place every five years and usually in a 
dry-dock. During the special survey all vital pieces of equipment 
and  compartments  and  steel  structures  are  opened  up  and 
inspected by the classification surveyor.

Spill – Oil getting into the sea, in any amount, for any reason.

Spot (Voyage) Charter – A charter for a particular vessel to 
transport a single cargo between specified loading port(s) and 
discharge port(s) in the immediate future. Contract rate (spot 
rate) covers total operating expenses such as port charges, 
bunkering, crew expenses, insurance, repairs and canal tolls. 
The charterer will generally pay all cargo-related costs and is 
liable for Demurrage, if incurred. The rate is usually quoted in 
terms of Worldscale (see below).

Spot Market – The market for the immediate charter of a 
vessel.

(Super)  slow  steaming  –  reducing  operating  speeds  in 
order to save fuel. Operating laden speeds are reduced from 
15  knots  to  13  knots  and  operating  ballast  speeds  from  15 
knots to 8 knots.

Technical Management – The management of the operation 
of a vessel, including physically maintaining the vessel, maintai-
ning necessary certifications and supplying necessary stores, 
spares  and  lubricating  oils.  Responsibilities  also  generally 
include selecting, engaging and training crew and could also 
include arranging necessary insurance coverage.

Time Charter (T/C) – A charter for a fixed period of time, 
usually between one and ten years, under which the owner hires 
out the vessel to the charterer fully manned, provisioned and 
insured. The charterer is usually responsible for bunkers, port 
charges, canal tolls and any extra cost related to the cargo. 
The charter rate (hire) is quoted in terms of a total cost per 
day. Subject to any restrictions in the Charter, the customer 
decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the 
ports of loading and unloading. 

Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) – TCE revenues, which are 
voyage revenues less voyage expenses, serve as an industry 
standard for measuring and managing fleet revenue and for 
comparing results between geographical regions and among 
competitors.

TLP – Tension Leg Platform - A tension-leg platform (TLP) or 
extended tension leg platform (ETLP) is a vertically moored 
floating structure normally used for the offshore production 
of oil or gas and is particularly suited for water depths greater 
than  300  metres  (about  1000  ft)  and  less  than  1500  metres 
(about  4900  ft).  Use  of  tension-leg  platforms  has  also  been 
proposed for wind turbines.

Ton-mile – A unit for freight transportation equivalent to a 
ton of freight moved one mile.

70

EURONAV 
Ton-mile demand – A calculation that multiplies the average 
distance of each route a tanker travels by the volume of cargo 
moved.  The  greater  the  increase  in  long-haul  movement 
compared with shorter haul movements, the higher the increase 
in ton-mile demand.

UDW  –  Ultra  Deep  Water  –  water  depth  of  more  than  1500 
meters. 

Vessel Expenses – Includes crew costs, vessel stores and 
supplies, lubricating oils, maintenance and repairs, insurance 
and  communication  costs  associated  with  the  operation  of 
vessels.

VLCC – The abbreviation for Very Large Crude Carrier. Tankers 
with a capacity between 200,000 and 320,000 dwt.

V-Plus – A crude oil tanker (ULCC or Ultra Large Crude Carrier) 
of more than 350,000 deadweight tons which makes it one of the 
biggest oil tankers in the world. These tankers can transport 
three million barrels or more of crude oil and are mainly used 
on the same long-haul routes as VLCCs.

Voyage Expenses – Includes fuel, port charges, canal tolls, 
cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid 
by the ship owner under Voyage Charters. These expenses are 
subtracted from shipping revenues to calculate Time Charter 
Equivalent revenues for Voyage Charters.

Worldscale – The New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight 
Scale is a catalogue of theoretical freight rates expressed as 
USD per ton for most of the conceivable spot voyages in the 
tanker  trade.  The  final  rate  agreed  will  be  determined  as  a 
percentage of the ‘Worldscale’ rate, based upon a guaranteed 
minimum quantity of cargo. That allows for charter parties to 
cover a wide range of possible voyage options without the need 
to calculate and negotiate each one separately.

Glossary  71

 
 
Financial Report

- Consolidated fi nancial statements 
- Notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements 
- Statutory fi nancial statements Euronav NV 

74
80
142

Een  Nederlandstalige  versie  van  de  geconsolideerde 
jaarrekening  is  beschikbaar  op  de  website  van  de 
vennootschap  www. euronav.com.  Een  papieren  versie 
van de geconsolideerde jaarrekening in het Nederlands 
is tevens verkrijgbaar op eenvoudig verzoek.

72

EURONAV

Financial Report 73

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of financial position

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts) 

Note

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated *

1 January 2013
Restated *

ASSETS

Current assets
Trade and other receivables 

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets held for sale

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Vessels

Other tangible assets

Prepayments

Intangible assets

Receivables

Investments in equity-accounted investees

Deferred tax assets 

10

-

11

2

7

7

7

-

9

24

8

194,733

36

254,086

89,000

95,913

36

74,309

21,510

81,426

27

113,051

52,920

537,855

191,768

247,424

2,276,161

2,258,334

1,226

16,601

29

258,447

17,332

6,536

1,445,433

1,434,800

633

10,000

31

259,535

23,114

880

1,593,503

1,592,837

666

- 

79

226,161

21,074

963

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

2,558,505

1,728,993

1,841,780

TOTAL ASSETS

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,089,204

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
The accompanying notes on pages 80 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74

EURONAVConsolidated statement of financial position (continued)

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

Note

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated *

1 January 2013
Restated *

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity

Share capital 

Share premium

Translation reserve

Hedging reserve

Treasury shares

Other equity interest

Retained earnings

-

-

-

18

12

-

-

142,441

941,770

379

- 

(46,062)

75,000

359,180

58,937

365,574

946

(1,291)

(46,062)

- 

422,886

56,248

353,063

730

(6,721)

(46,062)

- 

509,712

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE COMPANY

1,472,708

800,990

866,970

Current Liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Bank loans

Convertible and other Notes

Trade and other payables

Tax liabilities

Provisions

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Bank loans

Convertible and other Notes

Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Employee benefits

Amounts due to equity-accounted joint ventures

Provisions

14

14

17

-

-

14

14

15

8

16

24

-

169,427

146,303

23,124

125,555

1

412

137,677

137,677

- 

107,094

21

- 

110,621

110,621

- 

133,146

- 

- 

295,395

244,792

243,767

1,319,399

1,088,026

231,373

489

- 

2,108

5,880

381

835,908

710,086

125,822

31,291

- 

1,900

5,880

- 

933,547

800,853

132,694

36,874

- 

2,166

5,880

- 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

1,328,257

874,979

978,467

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,089,204

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
The accompanying notes on pages 80 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

Financial reportConsolidated statement of profit or loss

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

SHIPPING REVENUE

Revenue

Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets

Other operating income

TOTAL SHIPPING REVENUE

OPERATING EXPENSES

Voyage expenses and commissions

Vessel operating expenses

Charter hire expenses

Losses on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets

Impairment on non-current assets held for sale

Depreciation tangible assets

Depreciation intangible assets

General and administrative expenses

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

RESULT FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Finance income

Finance expenses

Note

2014
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2014

2013
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2013
Restated *

3

7

-

4

4

4

7

2

7

- 

4

5

5

473,985

13,122

11,411

304,622

8

11,520

498,518

316,150

(118,303)

(124,089)

(35,664)

- 

(7,416)

(160,934)

(20)

(40,565)

(79,584)

(105,911)

(21,031)

(215)

- 

(136,882)

(76)

(27,165)

(486,991)

(370,864)

11,527

(54,714)

2,617

(95,970)

1,993

(54,637)

NET FINANCE EXPENSES

(93,353)

(52,644)

Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) 

24

30,286

17,853

PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

(51,540)

(89,505)

Income tax benefit (expense)

PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD

Attributable to:

   Owners of the Company

Net income/(loss) per share (basic)

Net income/(loss) per share (diluted)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

76

6

-

13

13

13

13

5,743

(178)

(45,797)

(89,683)

(45,797)

(89,683)

(0.39)

(0.39)

116,539,018

116,539,018

(1.79)

(1.79)

50,230,438

50,230,438

EURONAVConsolidated statement of comprehensive income

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

Note

2014
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2014

2013
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2013
Restated *

Profit/(loss) for the period

(45,797)

(89,683)

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss:

Remeasurements of the defined benefit liability (asset)

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Foreign currency translation differences 

Cash flow hedges - effective portion of changes in fair value

Equity-accounted investees - share of other comprehensive income

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX

16

5

18

24

(393)

263

(567)

1,291

2,106

2,437

216

5,430

3,077

8,986

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE PERIOD

(43,360)

(80,697)

Attributable to:

   Owners of the Company

(43,360)

(80,697)

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
The accompanying notes on pages 80 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

77

Financial reportConsolidated statement of changes in equity

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2013  
AS REPORTED

Impact of changes in accounting 
policies
Balance at 1 January 2013 restated *

Profit (loss) for the period

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income,  
restated *

Transactions with owners of the 
Company
Issue and conversion convertible Notes 

Equity-settled share-based payment

Total transactions with owners

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013 
RESTATED *

Note

Share 
capital

Share 
premium 

Trans-
lation 
reserve

Hedging 
reserve

Treasury 
shares

Retained 
earnings

Capital and 
reserves

Other 
equity 
interest

Total  
equity

56,248 353,063

730 (15,221) (46,062) 518,212 866,970

-  866,970

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,500

- 

(8,500)

- 

- 

- 

56,248 353,063

730 (6,721) (46,062) 509,712

866,970

-  866,970

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

216

5,430

-  (89,683)

- 

3,340

(89,683)
8,986

-  (89,683)
8,986
- 

216

5,430

-  (86,343)

(80,697)

-  (80,697)

12

22

2,689

12,511

- 

- 

2,689

12,511

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(666)

183

(483)

14,534
183

14,717

- 
- 

- 

14,534
183

14,717

58,937 365,574

946 (1,291) (46,062) 422,886 800,990

-  800,990

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2014

58,937 365,574

946 (1,291) (46,062) 422,886 800,990

-  800,990

Profit (loss) for the period

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of the 
Company
Issue of ordinary shares 

Issue and conversion convertible Notes
Issue and conversion perpetual con-
vertible preferred equity
Equity-settled share-based payment

Total transactions with owners

- 

- 

12

12

12

22

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(567)

(567)

1,291

1,291

-  (45,797)

- 

1,713

(45,797)
2,437

-  (44,084)

(43,360)

-  (45,797)
2,437
- 

-  (43,360)

53,119 421,881

20,103

89,597

10,282

64,718

- 

- 

83,504 576,196

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  (12,694)

462,306

(7,422)

102,278

-  462,306

-  102,278

(3,500)

71,500 75,000 146,500

3,994

3,994

- 

3,994

-  (19,622)

640,078 75,000 715,078

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014 

142,441 941,770

379

- (46,062) 359,180 1,397,708 75,000 1,472,708

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
The accompanying notes on pages 80 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

78

EURONAVNote

2014
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2014

2013
1 Jan - 31 Dec 2013
Restated *

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit (loss) for the period

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of tangible assets
Depreciation of intangible assets
Impairment on non-current assets held for sale
Provisions
Tax benefits/expenses
Share of profit of equity-accounted investees, net of tax
Net finance expense
Capital gain(loss) on disposal of assets
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Changes in working capital requirements

Change in cash guarantees
Change in trade receivables
Change in accrued income
Change in deferred charges
Change in other receivables
Change in trade payables
Change in accrued payroll
Change in accrued expenses
Change in deferred income
Change in other payables
Change in provisions for employee benefits

Income taxes paid during the period
Interest paid
Interest received
Dividends received from equity-accounted investees

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Acquisition of vessels
Proceeds from the sale of vessels
Acquisition of other tangible assets
Acquisition of intangible assets
Proceeds from the sale of other (in)tangible assets
Loans from (to) related parties
Proceeds of disposals of joint ventures, net of cash disposed
Purchase of joint ventures, net of cash acquired

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issue of share capital
Transaction costs related to issue of share capital
Proceeds from issue of perpetual convertible preferred equity
Transaction costs related to issue perpetual convertible preferred equity
Proceeds from new long-term borrowings
Repayment of long-term borrowings
Transaction costs related to issue of loans and borrowings
Dividends paid

NET CASH FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Effect of changes in exchange rates

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE PERIOD

-

7
- 
2
- 
6
24
5
7
4

- 
10
10
10
9-10
17
17
17
17
17
16

-
5-17
5-10
24

7
7
7
-
-
24
24
24

12
12
12
12
14
14
14
-

11
-

11

(45,797)

217,410
160,934
20
7,416
840
(5,743)
(30,286)
93,353
(13,118)
3,994

(112,280)
(658)
(23,755)
(8,577)
(2,124)
(64,299)
(10,512)
166
9,581
(2,016)
(10,171)
85

67
(54,449)
421
9,410

14,782

(1,053,939)
123,609
(123,188)
(19)
22
29,508
1,000
- 

(1,023,007)

475,000
(12,694)
150,000
(3,500)
1,395,392
(799,891)
(15,284)
(2)

1,189,021

180,796

74,309
(1,019)

254,086

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
The accompanying notes on pages 80 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

(89,683)

172,095
136,882
76
- 
- 
178
(17,853)
52,644
(15)
183

(43,442)
(1)
(79)
(1,706)
(8,664)
(4,036)
19,899
(28)
8,342
(1,065)
(56,018)
(86)

(82)
(47,895)
90
- 

(8,917)

- 
52,920
(10,325)
(30)
24
(11,475)
- 
(3,000)

28,114

- 
- 
- 
- 
61,390
(118,770)
- 
(4)

(57,384)

(38,187)

113,051
(555)

74,309

79

Financial reportNotes to the consolidated financial statements for the period  ended  
31 December 2014

Significant accounting policies

1. Reporting Entity
Euronav  NV  (the  “Company”)  is  a  company  domiciled  in 
Belgium.  The  address  of  the  Company’s  registered  office  is 
De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerp, Belgium. The consolidated 
financial statements of the Company comprise the Company 
and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) and 
the Group’s interest in associates and joint ventures. 

Euronav NV is a fully-integrated provider of international mari-
time shipping and offshore services engaged in the transporta-
tion and storage of crude oil. The Company was incorporated 
under the laws of Belgium on 26 June 2003, and grew out of 
three companies that had a strong presence in the shipping 
industry; Compagnie Maritime Belge NV, or CMB, formed in 
1895, Compagnie Nationale de Navigation SA, or CNN, formed in 
1938, and Ceres Hellenic formed in 1950. The Company started 
doing business under the name “Euronav” in 1989 when it was 
initially formed as the international tanker subsidiary of CNN.

Euronav NV charters its vessels to leading international energy 
companies.  The  Company  pursues  a  balanced  chartering 
strategy  by  employing  its  vessels  on  a  combination  of  spot 
market  voyages,  fixed-rate  contracts  and  long-term  time 
charters, which typically include a profit sharing component.

2. Basis of preparation
(a) Statement of compliance
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued 
by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  as 
adopted by the European Union on 31 December 2014.

All financial information presented in USD has been rounded to 
the nearest thousand except when otherwise indicated. 

(d) Use of estimates and judgements
The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in 
conformity with IFRS requires management to make judge-
ments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 
policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income 
and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are 
based on historical experience and various other factors that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which are the basis of making the judgements about 
carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from 
these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision 
affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Information about critical judgements in applying accounting 
policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the consolidated financial statement is included 
in the following note:
 ■  Note 7 – Impairment

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties 
that have a significant risk on resulting in a material adjustment 
within the next financial year are included in the following note: 
 ■ Note 7 – Impairment test: key assumptions underlying the 

recoverable amount

All accounting policies have been consistently applied for all 
periods  presented  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 
unless disclosed otherwise. The consolidated financial state-
ments were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 
27 March 2015.

Measurement of fair values
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures 
require the measurement of fair values, for both financial and 
non-financial assets and liabilities.

(b) Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on 
the historical cost basis except for the following material items 
in the statement of financial position:
 ■   Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value  

The Group has an established control framework with respect 
to the measurement of fair values. This includes a valuation 
team that has overall responsibility for overseeing all significant 
fair  value  measurements,  including  Level  3  fair  values,  and 
reports directly to the CFO.

(c) Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, 
which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. 

The valuation team regularly reviews significant unobservable 
inputs and valuations adjustments. If third party information, such 
as broker quotes or pricing services, is used to measure fair values, 
then the valuation team assesses the evidence obtained from the 

80

EURONAV 
 
third parties to support the conclusion that such valuations meet 
the  requirements  of  IFRS,  including  the  level  in  the  fair  value 
hierarchy in which such valuations should be classified. 

Significant valuation issues are reported to the Group Audit 
Committee.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group 
uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair values 
are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy 
based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows.
 ■  Level 1:  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for 

identical assets or liabilities.

 ■ Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 
that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 ■ Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on 

observable market data (unobservable inputs).

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a 
liability might be categorised in different levels of the fair value 
hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorised in 
its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the 
lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value 
hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the 
change has occurred.

(e) Changes in accounting policies
Except for the changes below, the accounting policies adopted in 
the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2014 are consistent with those applied 
in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2013. Other new standards, amend-
ments to standards and interpretations that became effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014, did not 
have an impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The Group has adopted the following new standards and amend-
ments to standards, including any consequential amendments 
to other standards, with a date of initial application of 1 January 
2014:
 ■  IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (2011)
 ■ IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements
 ■ IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
 ■ Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12
 ■ IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
 ■ Amendments to IAS36 Impairment of Assets – Recoverable 

Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets

IFRS  10  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  introduces  a 
new  approach  to  determining  which  investees  should  be 
consolidated  and  provides  a  single  model  to  be  applied  in 
the control analysis for all investees and became mandatory 
for the Group’s 2014 consolidated financial statements, with 
retrospective application. It does not have a material impact 
on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and there 
are no changes to the principle of control and the basis for 
consolidation.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements focuses on the rights and obliga-
tions of joint arrangements, rather than the legal form (as 
is  currently  the  case).  It  distinguishes  joint  arrangements 
between  joint  operations  and  joint  ventures;  and  always 
requires the equity method for jointly controlled entities that 
are now called joint ventures. IFRS 11 has become manda-
tory for the Group’s 2014 consolidated financial statements, 
with  retrospective  application.  The  impact  resulting  from 
this change in accounting policy on the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements can be summarised as follows: 

Condensed consolidated statement of financial position

At 31 December 
2013

Property, plant and 
equipment
Intangible assets
Financial assets
Investments in equilty 
accounted investees
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other 
receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash 
equivalents
Non-current assets held 
for sale
TOTAL ASSETS

Equity
Loans and borrowings 
(non-current)
Other payables
(non-current)
Employee benefits
Amounts due to equity-
accounted joint ventures
Trade and other 
payables (current)
Tax liabilities (current)
Bank loans (current)

TOTAL EQUITY AND 
LIABILITIES

As  
previously 
reported

Impact of 
change

As  
restated

1,865,685

(420,252)

1,445,433

32
3,773

409

880

-
255,762

32
259,535

22,704

23,113

-

880

117,994

(22,081)

95,913

36

-

36

120,750

(46,441)

74,309

39,414

(17,904)

21,510

2,148,973 (228,212)

1,920,761

800,990

-

800,900

995,599

(159,691)

835,908

52,347

(21,056)

31,291

1,900

-

-

5,880

1,900

5,880

114,136

(7,042)

107,094

21
183,980

-
(46,303)

21
137,677

2,148,973 (228,212)

1,920,761

81

Financial reportCondensed consolidated statement of profit or loss

 ■ the  net  recognised  amount  (generally  fair  value)  of  the  

At 31 December 
2013

Revenue
Gains on disposal of  
vessels/other tangible 
assets
Other operating income

Expenses for shipping 
activities
Losses on disposal of 
vessels
Depreciation tangible 
assets
Depreciation intangible 
assets
General and administra-
tive expenses
Result from operating 
activities
Net finance expense
Share of profit (loss) 
of equity accounted 
investees (net of income 
tax)
Profit (loss) before 
income tax
Income tax benefit 
(expense)
Profit (loss) for the 
period

As  
previously 
reported

Impact of 
change

As  
restated

400,901

(96,279)

304,622

8

-

8

12,089

(569)

11,520

(246,386)

39,860

(206,526)

(215)

-

(215)

(167,287)

30,405

(136,882)

(76)

-

(76)

(27,952)

787

(27,165)

(28,918)

(25,796)

(54,714)

(60,996)

8,352

(52,644)

409

17,444

17,853

(89,505)

(178)

(89,683)

-

-

-

(89,505)

(178)

(89,683)

Condensed consolidated statement of cash flows

At 31 December
2013

Net cash from (used in) 
operating activities
Net cash from (used in) 
investing activities
Net cash from (used in) 
financing activities

As 
 previously 
reported

Impact of 
change

As 
restated

26,257

(35,174)

(8,917)

42,589

(14,475)

28,114

(93,376)

35,992

(57,384)

(f) Basis of Consolidation
(i) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisi-
tion  method  as  at  the  acquisition  date,  which  is  the  date  on 
which control is transferred to the Group. Control is the power 
to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so 
as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, 
the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that 
currently are exercisable.

For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures 
goodwill at the acquisition date as:
 ■ the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
 ■ the  recognised  amount  of  any  non-controlling  interests  in 
the acquiree; plus if the business combination is achieved 
in stages, the fair value of the existing equity interest in the 
acquire; less

identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recog-
nised immediately in profit or loss. 

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related 
to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts 
generally are recognised in profit or loss.

Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue 
of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection 
with a business combination are expensed as incurred.
Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value 
at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is clas-
sified as equity, then it is not remeasured and settlement is 
accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes 
in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised 
in profit or loss.

(ii) Acquisitions of non-controlling interests
Acquisitions  of  non-controlling  interests  are  accounted  for 
as transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and 
therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result. Adjustments 
to non-controlling interests arising from transactions that do 
not involve the loss of control are based on a proportionate 
amount of the net assets of the subsidiary.

(iii) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. The 
Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has 
the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in 
the consolidated financial statements from the date on which 
the control commences until the date on which control ceases.

(iv) Loss of control
On the loss of control, the Group derecognises the assets and 
liabilities of the subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and 
the other components of equity related to the subsidiary. Any 
surplus or deficit arising on the loss of control is recognised 
in profit or loss. If the Group retains any interest in the former 
subsidiary, then such interest is measured at fair value at the 
date that control is lost. Subsequently it is accounted for as an 
equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale financial 
asset depending on the level of influence retained.

(v) Interests in equity-accounted investees
The Group’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise 
interest in associates and joint ventures. Associates are those 
entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not 
control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. 

82

EURONAV 
A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint 
control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations 
for its liabilities.

Interest in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using 
the equity method. They are recognised initially at cost, which 
includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share 
of the profit or loss and OCI of equity-accounted investees, until 
the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases.
Interests  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  include  any  long-
term  interests  that,  in  substance,  form  part  of  the  Group’s 
investment in those associates or joint ventures and include 
unsecured shareholder loans for which settlement is neither 
planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future, which, 
therefore, are an extension of the Group’s investment in those 
associates and joint ventures. The Group’s share of losses that 
exceeds  its  investment  is  applied  to  the  carrying  amount  of 
those loans. After the Group’s interest is reduced to zero, a 
liability is recognised to the extent that the Group has a legal or 
constructive obligation to fund the associates’ or joint ventures’ 
operations or has made payments on their behalf.

(vi) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup  balances  and  transactions,  and  any  unrealised 
gains  arising  from  intra-group  transactions,  are  eliminated 
in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised 
gains  arising  from  transactions  with  associates  and  jointly 
controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the entity. Unrealised gains arising from transac-
tions with associates are eliminated against the investment in 
the associate. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same 
way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no 
evidence of impairment.

(g) Foreign currency
(i) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to USD at the 
foreign exchange rate applicable at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign curren-
cies  at  the  balance  sheet  date  are  translated  to  USD  at  the 
foreign exchange rate applicable at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in profit or 
loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

(ii) Foreign operations
The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations,  including 
goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are 
translated to USD at exchange rates at the reporting date. The 
income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to 

USD at rates approximating the exchange rates at the dates 
of the transactions.
Foreign currency differences are recognised directly in equity 
(Translation reserve). When a foreign operation is disposed of, 
in part or in full, the relevant amount in the translation reserve 
is transferred to profit or loss.

(h) Financial Instruments
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
The Group initially recognises loans and receivables on the date 
that they are originated. All other financial assets (including assets 
designated as at fair value through profit and loss) are recognised 
initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Group becomes 
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the 
rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in 
which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of 
the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in such trans-
ferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group 
is recognised as a separate asset or liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when,  the  Group  has  a  legal  right  to  offset  the  amounts  and 
intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and 
settle the liability simultaneously.

The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid 
prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active (and for 
unlisted securities), the Group establishes fair value by using 
valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length 
transactions, reference to other instruments that are substan-
tially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing 
models refined to reflect the issuer’s specific circumstances.

The  Group  classifies  non-derivative  financial  assets  into  the 
following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit 
or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity financial assets 
and available-for-sale financial assets. The Company determines 
the  classification  of  its  investments  at  initial  recognition  and 
re-evaluates this designation at every reporting date.

FINANCIAL  ASSETS  AT  FAIR  VALUE  THROUGH  PROFIT 
OR LOSS
A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or 
loss  if  it  is  classified  as  held  for  trading  or  is  designated  as 
such on initial recognition. Financial assets are designated as 
at fair value through profit or loss if the Group manages such 
investments and makes purchase and sale decisions based on 
their fair value in accordance with the Group’s documented risk 
management or investment strategy. Attributable transaction 

83

Financial report 
 
 
 
costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets 
at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and 
changes therein, which takes into account any dividend income, 
are recognised in profit or loss.

currency differences on available-for-sale debt instruments, are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair 
value reserve in equity. When an investment is derecognised, the 
gain or loss accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss 
comprise equity securities that otherwise would have been clas-
sified as available for sale.

Available-for-sale financial assets comprise equity securities 
and debt securities.

Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are 
expected to be realised within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

They are included in non-current assets unless the Company 
intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the 
balance sheet date.

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES
Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or deter-
minable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such 
assets are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities
The  Group  initially  recognises  debt  securities  issued  and 
subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. All 
other financial liabilities (including liabilities designated as at 
fair value through profit or loss) are recognised initially on the 
trade date, which is the date that the Group becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument.

They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services 
directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. 
They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater 
than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified 
as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in 
trade and other receivables in the statement of financial position.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call 
deposits with maturities of three months or less from the acqui-
sition date that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in 
their fair value, and are used by the Group in the management 
of its short-term commitments.

HELD-TO-MATURITY FINANCIAL ASSETS
If  the  Group  has  the  positive  intent  and  ability  to  hold  debt 
securities to maturity, then such financial assets are classi-
fied as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity financial assets are 
recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-
maturity financial assets are measured at amortised cost using 
the  effective  interest  method,  less  any  impairment  losses. 
Held-to-maturity financial assets comprise debentures.

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Available-for-sale  financial  assets  are  non-derivatives  that 
are either designated in this category or not classified in any 
of the other categories. Available-for-sale financial assets are 
recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable 
transaction costs.

Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value 
and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign 

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contrac-
tual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.

Non-derivative  financial  liabilities  are  recognised 
initially 
at  fair  value  less  any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs. 
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  these  financial  liabilities 
are  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest 
method.

Non-derivative financial liabilities comprise loans and borrow-
ings, bank overdrafts, and trade and other payables.

Bank  overdrafts  that  are  repayable  on  demand  and  form  an 
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as 
a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of 
the statement of cash flows.

(iii) Share capital
ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL
Ordinary share capital is classified as equity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recog-
nised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

REPURCHASE OF SHARE CAPITAL
When  share  capital  recognised  as  equity  is  repurchased,  the 
amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable 
costs, net of any tax effects, is recognised as a deduction from 
equity.  Repurchased  shares  are  classified  as  treasury  shares 
and  presented  in  the  reserve  for  own  shares.  When  treasury 
shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received 
is recognised as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus 
or deficit on the transaction is presented in share premium.

84

EURONAV(iv) Derivative financial instruments
The  Group  from  time  to  time  may  enter  into  derivative 
financial  instruments  to  hedge  its  exposure  to  market 
fluctuations, foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising 
from operational, financing and investment activities.

On initial designation of the derivative as hedging instrument, 
the  Group  formally  documents  the  relationship  between  the 
hedging  instrument(s)  and  hedged  item(s),  including  the 
risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the 
hedge  transaction,  together  with  the  methods  that  will  be 
used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. 
The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the 
hedge  relationship  as  well  as  on  an  ongoing  basis,  whether 
the  hedging  instruments  are  expected  to  be  “highly  effec-
tive” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows 
of  the  respective  hedged  items  during  the  period  for  which 
the  hedge  is  designated,  and  whether  the  actual  results  of 
each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash 
flow  hedge  of  a  forecast  transaction,  the  transaction  should 
be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to 
variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported 
net income.

designation  is  revoked,  then  hedge  accounting  is  discontinued 
prospectively. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to 
occur, then the balance in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

OTHER NON-TRADING DERIVATIVES
When a derivative financial instrument is not held for trading, and 
is not designated in a qualifying hedge relationship, all changes 
in its fair value are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

(v) Compound financial instruments
Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise 
Notes denominated in USD that can be converted to ordinary 
shares at the option of the holder, when the number of shares 
is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value.

The liability component of compound financial instruments is 
initially  recognised  at  the  fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that 
does not have an equity conversion option. The equity compo-
nent  is  initially  recognised  at  the  difference  between  the  fair 
value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the 
fair  value  of  the  liability  component.  Any  directly   attributable 
transaction  costs  are  allocated  to  the  liability  and  equity 
component in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognised  initially  at  fair 
value; attributable transaction costs are expensed as incurred. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, all derivatives are remeasured 
to fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as follows:

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  liability  component  of  a 
compound financial instrument is measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. The equity component of a 
compound financial instrument is not remeasured.

CASH FLOW HEDGES
When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a 
hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly 
probable  forecast  transaction  that  could  affect  profit  or  loss, 
the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative 
is recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in 
the hedging reserve in equity.  

The  amount  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  is 
removed  and  included  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  same  period  as 
the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line 
item in the statement of comprehensive income as the hedged 
item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the 
derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

When  the  hedged  item  is  a  non-financial  asset,  the  amount 
accumulated in equity is included in the carrying amount of the 
asset when the asset is recognised. In other cases, the amount 
accumulated  in  equity  is  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  in  the 
same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting,  expires  or  is  sold,  terminated,  exercised,  or  the 

Interest related to the financial liability is recognised in profit 
and loss. On conversion, the financial liability is reclassified to 
equity and no gain or loss is recognised.

(i)  Intangible assets
(i)   Goodwill
Goodwill  that  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  is 
presented  as  an  intangible  asset.  For  the  measurement  of 
goodwill at initial recognition, see accounting policy (f).

After initial recognition goodwill is measured at cost less accu-
mulated impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). In 
respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of 
goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, 
and any impairment loss is allocated to the carrying amount of 
the equity accounted investee as a whole.

 (ii)  Other intangible assets
Other  intangible  assets  that  are  acquired  by  the  Group  and 
have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses (see accounting policy k). 
The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a separate acquisi-
tion  is  the  cash  paid  or  the  fair  value  of  any  other  consider-
ation given. The cost of an internally generated intangible asset 

85

Financial report 
 
 
 
includes the directly attributable expenditure of preparing the 
asset for its intended use.

For  the  sale  of  vessels  or  other  items  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment,  transfer  of  risk  and  rewards  usually  occurs  upon 
delivery of the vessel to the new owner.

 (iii)  Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only 
when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the 
specific asset to which it relates and its cost can be measured 
reliably. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

 (iv)   Amortisation
 Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-
line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  intangible 
assets from the date they are available for use. The estimated 
useful lives are as follows:
 ■  Software: 3 - 5 years 

Amortisation  methods,  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

(j) Vessels, property, plant and equipment
(i) Owned assets
Vessels and items of property, plant and equipment are stated at 
cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) 
and impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)).

Cost  includes  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition  of  the  asset.  The  cost  of  self-constructed  assets 
includes the following:
 ■  The cost of materials and direct labour;
 ■  Any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a 

working condition for their intended use;

 ■ When the Group has an obligation to remove the asset or 

restore the site, an estimate of the costs of dismantling and 
removing the items and restoring the site on which they are 
located; and

 ■  Capitalised borrowing costs.

Property that is being constructed or developed for future use as 
investment  property  is  classified  as  property,  plant  and  equip-
ment  and  stated  at  cost  until  construction  or  development  is 
complete, at which time it is reclassified as investment property.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major 
components having different useful lives, they are accounted for 
as  separate  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  (refer  to 
accounting policy (j) viii).

Gains and losses on disposal of a vessel or of another item of 
property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing 
the  net  proceeds  from  disposal  with  the  carrying  amount  of 
the vessel or the item of property, plant and equipment and are 
recognised in profit or loss.

(ii) Leased assets
Leases in terms of which the Group assumes substantially all 
of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance 
leases. Plant and equipment acquired by way of finance lease 
is stated at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and 
the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments  at  incep-
tion  of  the  lease,  less  accumulated  depreciation  (see  below) 
and  impairment  losses  (refer  accounting  policy  (k)).  Lease 
payments are accounted for as described in accounting policy 
(q). Other leases are operating leases and are not recognised in 
the Group’s statement of financial position.

(iii) Investment property
Investment property is property held either to earn rental income 
or  for  capital  appreciation  or  for  both,  but  not  for  sale  in  the 
ordinary course of business, use in the production or supply of 
goods  or  services  or  for  administrative  purposes.  Investment 
property is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). As such, the 
accounting  policies  as  described  in  note  (j)  Vessels,  property, 
plant and equipment apply.

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acqui-
sition of the investment property. The cost of self-constructed 
investment property includes the cost of materials and direct 
labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the invest-
ment property to a working condition for their intended use and 
capitalised borrowing costs. 

Any gain or loss on disposal of an investment property (calculated 
as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and 
the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss.

(iv) Assets under construction
Assets  under  construction,  especially  newbuilding  vessels, 
are accounted for in accordance with the stage of completion 
of the newbuilding contract. Typical stages of completion are 
the milestones that are usually part of a newbuilding contract. 
signing or receipt of refund guarantee, steel cutting, keel laying, 
launching and delivery. All stages of completion are guaranteed 
by a refund guarantee provided by the shipyard.  

(v) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases 
the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, 
plant and equipment and its cost can be measured reliably. 
The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All 
other expenditure is recognised in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss as an expense as incurred.

86

EURONAV  
 
  
 
 
 
(vi) Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, 
construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised 
as part of the cost of that asset.

tive evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if 
there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or 
more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the 
asset, and that loss event(s) had an impact on the estimated 
future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

(vii) Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives 
of vessels and items of property, plant and equipment. Leased 
assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and 
their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group 
will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not 
depreciated. 

Vessels and items of property, plant and equipment are depreci-
ated from the date that they are available for use, in respect 
of internally constructed assets, from the date that the asset 
is completed and ready for use.

The estimated useful lives of significant items of property, plant 
and equipment are as follows:
 ■  tankers  
 ■  FSO/FpSO/FPSO 
 ■  buildings 
 ■ plant and equipment 
 ■  fixtures and fittings 
 ■ other tangible assets 
 ■ dry-docking 

 20 years
 25 years
 33 years
 5 - 20 years
 5 - 10 years
 3 - 20 years
 3 - 5 years

Depreciation  methods,  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

(viii) Dry-docking – component approach
Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major 
components having different useful lives, they are accounted 
for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. Costs 
associated with routine repairs and maintenance are expensed 
as incurred including routine maintenance performed whilst the 
vessel is in dry-dock. After each dry-dock, all the components 
installed (as replacements or as additional components) during 
the dry-dock are classified in two categories (according to their 
estimated lifetime and their respective cost).

When the useful life is higher than 1 year, the component is 
amortised if their cost is higher than the established threshold. 
The components will then be amortised over their estimated 
lifetime (3-5 years). The thresholds are reviewed by the Board 
on an annual basis.

(k) Impairment
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
A financial asset not classified as at fair value through profit or 
loss is assessed at each reporting date whether there is objec-

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes 
default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount 
due to the Group on terms that the Group would not consider 
otherwise, indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bank-
ruptcy, adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers 
or issuers, economic conditions that correlate with defaults 
or  the  disappearance  of  an  active  market  for  a  security.  In 
addition, for an investment in an equity security a significant 
or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its 
cost is objective evidence of impairment.

FINANCIAL ASSETS MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST
The Group considers evidence of impairment for financial assets 
measured at amortised cost (loans and receivables and held-to-
maturity financial assets) at both a specific asset and collective 
level. All individually significant assets are assessed for specific 
impairment. Those found not to be specifically impaired are 
then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been 
incurred but not yet identified. Assets that are not individually 
significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping 
together assets with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical 
trends  of  the  probability  of  default,  the  timing  of  recoveries 
and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s 
judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions 
are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less 
than suggested by historical trends.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured 
at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest 
rate. Losses are recognised in profit or loss and reflected in 
an allowance account against loans and receivables or held-to 
maturity  financial  assets.  Interest  on  the  impaired  asset 
continues to be recognised. When an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognised causes the amount of impairment 
loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed 
through profit or loss.

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Impairment  losses  on  available-for-sale  financial  assets  are 
recognised by reclassifying the losses accumulated in the fair 
value  reserve  in  equity  to  profit  or  loss.  The  cumulative  loss 
that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference 
between  the  acquisition  cost,  net  of  any  principal  repayment 

87

Financial report 
 
 
and amortisation, and the current fair value, less any impair-
ment loss recognised previously in profit or loss. Changes in 
cumulative impairment losses attributable to the application 
of the effective interest method are reflected as a component 
of interest income. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of 
an impaired available-for-sale debt security increases and 
the increase can be related objectively to an event occurring 
after the impairment loss was recognised, then the impairment 
loss is reversed, with the amount of the reversal recognised 
in  profit  or  loss.  However,  any  subsequent  recovery  in  the 
fair  value  of  an  impaired  available-for-sale  equity  security 
is recognised in other comprehensive income.

EQUITY-ACCOUNTED INVESTEES
An impairment loss in respect of an equity-accounted investee 
is  measured  by  comparing  the  recoverable  amount  of  the 
investment with its carrying amount. An impairment loss is 
recognised in profit or loss, and is reversed if there has been 
a favourable change in the estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount.

(ii) Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other 
than inventories and deferred tax assets (refer to accounting 
policy (s)), are reviewed at each reporting date to determine 
whether  there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.  If  any  such 
indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annu-
ally for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever 
the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit 
(CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of 
its fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to 
their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and 
the risks specific to the asset or CGU. Future cash flows are 
based on current market conditions, historical trends as well 
as future expectations. For the purpose of impairment testing, 
assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets 
that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely 
independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  assets  or  CGU’s. 
Goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  allocated  to 
groups of CGU’s that are expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment 
losses  recognised  in  respect  of  CGU’s  are  allocated  first 
to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
the CGU (group of CGU’s), and then to reduce the carrying 
amounts of the other assets in the CGU (group of CGU’s) on 
a pro rata basis.

An  impairment  loss  recognised  for  goodwill  shall  not  be 
reversed.  For  other  assets,  an  impairment  loss  is  reversed 
only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not 
exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, 
net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had 
been recognised.

(l) Assets held for sale
Non-current assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and 
liabilities, that are expected to be recovered primarily through 
sale rather than through continuing use are classified as held 
for sale. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the 
assets,  or  components  of  a  disposal  group,  are  remeasured 
in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Thereafter 
generally the assets or disposal group are measured at the lower 
of  their  carrying  amount  and  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell.  Any 
impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill, 
and then to the remaining assets and liabilities on pro rata basis, 
except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial assets, 
deferred  tax  assets,  employee  benefit  assets  or  investment 
property, which continue to be measured in accordance with 
the  Group’s  accounting  policies.  Impairment  losses  on  initial 
classification as held for sale and subsequent gains and losses 
on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss. Gains are 
not recognised in excess of any cumulative impairment loss.

Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated, 
and any equity-accounted investee is no longer equity accounted.

(m) Employee benefits
(i) Defined contribution plans
A  defined  contribution  plan  is  a  post-employment  benefit  plan 
under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity 
and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. 
Obligations  for  contributions  to  defined  contribution  plans  are 
recognised as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the 
periods during which related services are rendered by employees. 
Prepaid  contributions  are  recognised  as  an  asset  to  the  extent 
that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. 
Contributions  to  a  defined  contribution  plan  that  are  due  more 
than 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees 
render the services are discounted to their present value.

(ii) Defined benefit plans
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is 
calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount 
of future benefit that employees have earned in the current and 
prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair 
value of any plan assets.

The  calculation  of  defined  benefit  obligations  is  performed 
annually by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit 

88

EURONAV 
 
method.  When  the  calculation  results  in  a  potential  asset 
for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the present 
value of economic benefits available in the form of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to 
the plan. To calculate the present value of economic benefits, 
consideration  is  given  to  any  applicable  minimum  funding 
requirements.
Remeasurements  of  the  net  defined  benefit  liability,  which 
comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return of plan assets 
(excluding  interest)  and  the  effect  of  the  asset  ceiling  (if  any, 
excluding  interest),  are  recognised  immediately  in  OCI.  The 
Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net 
defined  benefit  liability  (asset)  for  the  period  by  applying  the 
discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  defined  benefit  obligation 
at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined 
benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the 
net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result 
of  contributions  and  benefit  payments.  Net  interest  expense 
and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recog-
nised in profit and loss.

When  the  benefits  of  a  plan  are  changed  or  when  a  plan  is 
curtailed,  the  resulting  change  in  benefit  that  relates  to  past 
service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognised imme-
diately in profit or loss. The Group recognises gains and losses 
on the settlement of a defined plan when the settlement occurs.

(iii) Other long term employee benefits
The  Group’s  net  obligation  in  respect  of  long-term  employee 
benefits,  other  than  pension  plans,  is  the  amount  of  future 
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service 
in  the  current  and  prior  periods.  The  obligation  is  calculated 
using  the  projected  unit  credit  method  and  is  discounted  to 
its  present  value  and  the  fair  value  of  any  related  assets  is 
deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on 
AA credit rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating 
the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated 
in the currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. 
Remeasurements are recognised in OCI in the period in which 
they arise. 

(iv) Termination benefits
Termination  benefits  are  recognised  as  an  expense  when  the 
Group  is  demonstrably  committed,  without  realistic  possibility 
or  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either  terminate 
employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date,  or  to  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage 
voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redun-
dancies are recognised as an expense if the Group has made an 
offer  of  voluntary  redundancy,  it  is  probable  that  the  offer  will 
be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated 
reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months after the 
reporting date, then they are discounted to their present value.

(v) Short-term employee benefit
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an 
undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is 
provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be 
paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the 
Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this 
amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, 
and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
(vi) Share-based payment transactions
The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment 
awards  granted  to  employees  is  generally  recognised  as  an 
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting 
period of the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is 
adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related 
service and non-market performance conditions are expected to 
be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised is based on 
the  number  of  awards  that  meet  the  related  service  and  non-
market performance conditions at the vesting date. 

(n) Provisions
A  provision  is  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  legal  or 
constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, as result 
of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows 
at  a  pre-tax  rate  that  reflects  current  market  assessments 
of  the  time  value  of  money  and,  where  appropriate,  the  risks 
specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recog-
nised as finance cost.

RESTRUCTURING
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has 
approved  a  detailed  and  formal  restructuring  plan,  and  the 
restructuring  has  either  commenced  or  has  been  announced 
publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for.

ONEROUS CONTRACTS
A  provision  for  onerous  contracts  is  recognised  when  the 
expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are 
lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under 
the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of 
the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and 
the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a 
provision is established, the Group recognises any impairment 
loss on the assets associated with that contract.

(o) Revenue
(i) Pool Revenues
Aggregated revenue recognised on a daily basis from vessels 
operating on voyage charters in the spot market and on contract 
of  affreightment  (“COA”)  within  the  pool  is  converted  into  an 
aggregated  net  revenue  amount  by  subtracting  aggregated 
voyage  expenses  (such  as  fuel  and  port  charges)  from  gross 

89

Financial report 
 
voyage revenue. These aggregated net revenues are combined 
with aggregate time charter revenues to determine aggregate 
pool Time Charter Equivalent revenue (“TCE”). Aggregate pool 
TCE revenue is then allocated to pool partners in accordance 
with  the  allocated  pool  points  earned  for  each  vessel  that 
recognises each vessel’s earnings capacity based on its cargo, 
capacity, speed and fuel consumption performance and actual 
on  hire  days.  The  TCE  revenue  earned  by  our  vessels  oper-
ated in the pools is equal to the pool point rating of the vessels 
multiplied by time on hire, as reported by the pool manager.

(ii) Time - and Bareboat charters
Revenues  from  time  charters  and  bareboat  charters  are 
accounted  for  as  operating  leases  and  are  recognised  on  a 
straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is 
performed. The Group does not recognise time charter revenues 
during periods that vessels are offhire.

(iii) Spot voyages
Within  the  shipping  industry,  there  are  two  methods  used  to 
account for voyage revenues: rateably over the estimated length
of each voyage and completed voyage. 

The  recognition  of  voyage  revenues  rateably  on  a  daily  basis 
over  the  estimated  length  of  each  voyage  is  the  most  preva-
lent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method 
used by the Group and the pools in which we participate. Under 
each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-
load  or  discharge-to-discharge  basis.  In  applying  its  revenue 
recognition method, management believes that the discharge-
to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately esti-
mates voyage results than the load-to-load basis. Since, at the 
time of discharge, management generally knows the next load 
port and expected discharge port, the discharge-to-discharge 
calculation of voyage revenues can be estimated with a greater 
degree of accuracy. Euronav does not begin recognising voyage 
revenue until a charter has been agreed to by both the Group 
and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo 
and  is  sailing  to  the  anticipated  load  port  on  its  next  voyage 
because it is only at this time the charter rate is determinable 
for the specified load and discharge ports and collectability is 
reasonably assured.

No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties 
regarding  recovery  of  the  consideration  due  and  associated 
costs.

(p) Gain and losses on disposal of vessels
In  view  of  their  importance  the  Group  reports  capital  gains 
and losses on the sale of vessels as a separate line item in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. For the sale of vessels, 
transfer of risks and awards usually occurs upon delivery of the 
vessel to the new owner.

(q) Leases
LEASE PAYMENTS
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral 
part  of  the  total  lease  expense,  over  the  term  of  the  lease. 
Minimum  lease  payments  made  under  finance  leases  are 
apportioned  between  the  finance  expense  and  the  reduction 
of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to 
each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant 
period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

(r) Finance income and finance cost
Net  financing  costs  comprise  interest  payable  on  borrowings 
calculated  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method,  dividends 
on redeemable preference shares, interest receivable on funds 
invested, dividend income, foreign exchange gains and losses, 
and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recog-
nised  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  (refer  to 
accounting policy (h)).

Interest  income  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  as  it 
accrues,  taking  into  account  the  effective  yield  on  the  asset. 
Dividend income is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss on the date that the dividend is declared.

The interest expense component of finance lease payments is 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss using 
the effective interest rate method. 

(s) Income tax
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current 
tax and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss except to the 
extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recog-
nised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income 
for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at 
the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, in 
respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recog-
nised for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition 
of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable 
profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to 
the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. The amount of deferred tax recognised, is based on the 
expected  manner  of  realisation  or  settlement  of  the  carrying 
amount  of  assets  and  liabilities,  using  tax  rates  enacted  or 
substantially  enacted  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  Deferred  tax 

90

EURONAVassets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate 
to  income  taxes  levied  by  the  same  tax  authority  on  the  same 
taxable entity.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable  that  future  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against 
which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced 
to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefit will be realised.

In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on IAS 12 Income taxes, 
tonnage tax is not accounted for as income taxes in accordance 
with IAS 12 and is not presented as part of income tax expense in 
the income statement but is shown as an administrative expense 
under the heading Other operating expenses.

(t) Segment reporting
An  operating  segment  is  a  component  of  the  Group  that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and  incur  expenses,  including  revenues  and  expenses  that 
relate  to  transactions  with  any  of  the  Group’s  other  compo-
nents. The Group distinguishes two segments: the operation of 
crude oil tankers on the international markets and the floating 
storage  and  offloading  operations  (FSO/FpSO).  The  Group’s 
internal  organisational  and  management  structure  does  not 
distinguish any geographical segments.

(u) Discontinued operations  
A  discontinued  operation  is  a  component  of  the  Group’s 
business  that  represents  a  separate  major  line  of  business 
or geographical area of operations that has been disposed of 
or is held for sale, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with 
a  view  to  resale.  Classification  as  a  discontinued  operation 
occurs upon disposal or when the operation meets the criteria 
to be classified as held for sale, if earlier. When an operation 
is  classified  as  a  discontinued  operation,  the  comparative 
statement  of  profit  or  loss  is  represented  as  if  the  operation 
had been discontinued from the start of the comparative period.

(v) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
A  number  of  new  standards,  amendments  to  standards  and 
interpretations  are  not  yet  effective  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2014, and have not been applied in preparing these 
consolidated financial statements:

IFRIC  21  Levies  provides  guidance  on  accounting  for  levies  in 
accordance with the requirements of IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets. The interpretation will become 
mandatory  for  the  Group’s  2015  consolidated  financial  state-
ments, with retrospective application. This new standard has not 
yet been endorsed by the EU. It is expected not to have a material 
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments published in July 2014 replaces 
the  existing  guidance  in  IAS  39  Financial  Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 includes revised guid-
ance  on  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial 
instruments,  including  a  new  expected  credit  loss  model 
for  calculating  impairment  on  financial  assets,  and  the  new 
general  hedge  accounting  requirements,  which  align  hedge 
accounting  more  closely  with  risk  management.  It  also 
carries  forward  the  guidance  on  recognition  and  derecogni-
tion of financial instruments from IAS 39. IFRS 9 is effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with 
early  adoption  permitted.  The  Group  does  not  plan  to  early 
adopt this standard and the extent of the impact has not yet 
been determined.

Annual Improvements to IFRS 2010-2012 cycle  is  a  collection 
of  minor  improvements  to  6  existing  standards.  This  collection, 
which  becomes  mandatory  for  the  Group’s  2015  consolidated 
financial statements, is not expected to have a material impact on 
its consolidated financial statements.

Annual Improvements to IFRS 2011-2013 cycle is a collection 
of minor improvements to 4 existing standards. This collection, 
which  becomes  mandatory  for  the  Group’s  2015  consolidated 
financial statements, is not expected to have a material impact 
on its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments  to  IAS  19  Employee  Benefits  –  Defined  Benefit 
Plans:  Employee  Contributions  introduce  a  relief  that  will 
reduce  the  complexity  and  burden  of  accounting  for  certain 
contributions  from  employees  or  third  parties.  The  amend-
ments which become mandatory for the Group’s 2015 consoli-
dated financial statements, are not expected to have a material 
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS  15  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  estab-
lishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, 
how  much  and  when  revenue  is  recognised.  It  replaces 
existing  revenue  recognition  guidance,  including  IAS  18 
Revenue,  IAS  11  Construction  Contracts  and  IFRIC  13 
Customer  Loyalty  Programmes.  IFRS  15  is  effective  for  the 
annual  reports  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2017,  with 
early  adoption  permitted.  This  standard  has  not  yet  been 
endorsed  by  the  EU.  The  Group  is  assessing  the  potential 
impact  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements  resulting 
from the application of IFRS 15.

Annual Improvements to IFRS 2012-2014 cycle is  a  collection 
of  minor  improvements  to  4  existing  standards.  This  collection, 
which  becomes  mandatory  for  the  Group’s  2016  consolidated 
financial statements, is not expected to have a material impact on 
our  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  changes  have  not 
yet been endorsed by the EU.

91

Financial report 
 
 
Accounting  for  Acquisitions  of  Interests  in  Joint  Operations 
(Amendments  to  IFRS  11)  determines  that  when  an  entity 
acquires an interest in a joint operation that is a business, as 
defined in IFRS 3, it shall apply all of the principles on business 
combinations accounting in IFRS 3, and other IFRSs, that do not 
conflict with the guidance in this IFRS. The amendments which 
become mandatory for the Group’s 2016 consolidated financial 
statements, are not expected to have a material impact on the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements. These amendments 
have not yet been endorsed by the EU.

Clarification  of  Acceptable  Methods  of  Depreciation  and 
Amortisation (Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38) emphasizes 
that  a  depreciation  method  that  is  based  on  revenue  that  is 
generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset is not 
appropriate  for  property,  plant  and  equipment.  For  intangible 

assets, only in limited circumstances revenue-based amortisa-
tion can be permitted. The amendments which become manda-
tory for the Group’s 2016 consolidated financial statements, are 
not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consoli-
dated  financial  statements.  These  amendments  have  not  yet 
been endorsed by the EU.

Sale  or  Contribution  of  Assets  between  an  Investor  and 
its  Associate  or  Joint  Venture  (Amendments  to  IFRS  10 
and IAS 28) provides guidance on the recognition of the gain 
or  loss  when  accounting  for  the  sale  or  contribution  of  a 
subsidiary to an associate or joint venture. The amendments 
which  become  mandatory  for  the  Group’s  2016  consolidated 
financial  statements,  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material 
impact  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements. 
These  amendments  have  not  yet  been  endorsed  by  the  EU. 

Notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  
31 December 2014

Note 1 - Segment Reporting
Note 2 - Assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued 
operations
Note 3 - Revenue
Note 4 - Expenses for shipping activities and other expenses 
from operating activities
Note 5 - Net finance expense
Note 6 - Income tax benefit (expense)
Note 7 - Property, plant and equipment
Note 8 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Note 9 - Non-current receivables
Note 10 - Trade and other receivables - current
Note 11 - Cash and cash equivalents
Note 12 - Equity
Note 13 - Earnings per share
Note 14 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Note 15 - Non-current other payables

Note 16 - Employee benefits
Note 17 - Trade and other payables - current
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks
Note 19 - Operating leases
Note 20 - Provisions & Contingencies
Note 21 - Related parties
Note 22 - Share-based Payment arrangements
Note 23 - Group entities
Note 24 - Equity-accounted investees
Note 25 - Subsidiaries
Note 26 - Major exchange rates
Note 27 - Audit fees
Note 28 - Subsequent events
Note 29 - Statement on the true and fair view of the  consolidated 
financial statements and the fair overview of the management 
report

92

EURONAVNote 1 - Segment Reporting

The Group distinguishes two operating segments: the operation 
of crude oil tankers on the international markets (tankers) and 
the floating production, storage and offloading operations (FSO/
FpSO).  These  two  divisions  operate  in  completely  different 
markets,  where  in  the  latter  the  assets  are  tailor  made  or 
converted for specific long term projects. The tanker market 
requires a different marketing strategy as this is considered 
a  very  volatile  market,  contract  duration  is  often  less  than 
two  years  and  the  assets  are  to  a  big  extent  standardized. 
The segment profit or loss figures and key assets as set out 
below are presented to the executive committee on at least a 
quarterly basis to help the key decision makers in evaluating 
the respective segments. It was decided by the Chief Operating 
Decision Makers (CODM) to present the figures per segment 
based on proportionate consolidation for the joint ventures and 

not by applying equity accounting. The reconciliation between 
the figures of all segments combined on the one hand and with 
the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  and  profit 
or loss on the other hand is presented in a separate column 
Equity-accounted investees.

The Group has one client in the Tankers segment that repre-
sented 11% of the Tankers segment total revenue in 2014 (2013: 
two clients which represented respectively 14% and 11%). All 
the other clients represent less than 10% of total revenues of 
the Tankers segment.

The Group’s internal organisational and management structure 
does not distinguish any geographical segments.

Consolidated statement of financial position
(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated*

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

ASSETS

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

551,258

37,510

(50,913)

537,855

227,337

51,159

(86,728)

191,768

Vessels
Other tangible assets
Prepayments
Intangible assets
Receivables
Investments in equity accounted 
investees
Deferred tax assets 

2,428,122
1,226
16,601
29
266,071

1,027

6,536

222,312
- 
- 
- 
5,602

- 

- 

(392,100)
- 
- 
- 
(13,226)

16,305

- 

2,258,334
1,226
16,601
29
258,447

17,332

6,536

1,614,669
633
10,000
31
295,413

409

880

240,383
- 
- 
- 
3,755

- 

- 

(420,252) 1,434,800
633
10,000
31
259,535

- 
- 
- 
(39,633)

22,705

23,114

- 

880

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

2,719,612

227,914 (389,021) 2,558,505

1,922,035

244,138 (437,180) 1,728,993

TOTAL ASSETS

3,270,870

265,424 (439,934) 3,096,360

2,149,372

295,297 (523,908) 1,920,761

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY

1,553,695

(80,987)

-  1,472,708

913,533 (112,543)

 -

800,990

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
Bank and other loans
Convertible and other Notes
Other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits
Amounts due to equity-accounted 
joint ventures
Provisions

317,849
1,164,975
231,373
489
- 
2,108

- 

381

22,128
317,451
- 
6,832
- 
- 

- 

- 

(44,582)
(394,400)
- 
(6,832)
- 
- 

5,880

- 

295,395
1,088,026
231,373
489
- 
2,108

5,880

381

269,643
797,183
125,822
41,291
- 
1,900

- 

- 

28,796
367,988
- 
11,056
- 
- 

(53,647)
(455,085)
- 
(21,056)
- 
- 

244,792
710,086
125,822
31,291
- 
1,900

- 

- 

5,880

5,880

- 

- 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,399,326

324,283 (395,352) 1,328,257

966,196

379,044 (470,261)

874,979

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 3,270,870

265,424 (439,934) 3,096,360

2,149,372

295,297 (523,908) 1,920,761

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

93

Financial reportNote 1 - Segment Reporting (continued)

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

(in thousands of USD except per 
share amounts)

2014

2013
Restated*

SHIPPING REVENUE

Revenue

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

510,973

64,178

(101,166)

473,985

337,383

63,698

(96,459)

304,622

Gains on disposal of vessels/other 
tangible assets

Other operating income

15,315

11,685

- 

(2,193)

13,122

8

- 

- 

8

323

(597)

11,411

11,756

333

(569)

11,520

TOTAL SHIPPING REVENUE

537,973

64,501 (103,956)

498,518

349,147

64,031

(97,028)

316,150

OPERATING EXPENSES

Voyage expenses and commissions

(136,135)

(471)

18,303

(118,303)

(98,014)

(500)

18,930

(79,584)

Vessel operating expenses

(131,676)

(11,636)

19,223

(124,089)

(115,209)

(11,815)

21,113 (105,911)

Charter hire expenses

Losses on disposal of vessels/other 
tangible assets

Impairment on non-current assets 
held for sale

(35,664)

- 

(7,416)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(35,664)

(21,027)

- 

(215)

(7,416)

- 

-

- 

- 

(4)

(21,031)

- 

- 

(215)

- 

Depreciation tangible assets

(171,920)

(18,071)

29,057

(160,934)

(149,215)

(18,071)

30,404 (136,882)

Depreciation intangible assets

(20)

- 

- 

(20)

(76)

- 

- 

(76)

General and administrative expenses

(40,735)

(184)

354

(40,565)

(27,364)

(590)

789

(27,165)

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

(523,566)

(30,362)

66,937 (486,991)

(411,120)

(30,976)

71,232 (370,864)

RESULT FROM OPERATING 
ACTIVITIES

14,407

34,139

(37,019)

11,527

(61,973)

33,055

(25,796)

(54,714)

Finance income

Finance expenses

2,625

28

(36)

2,617

1,998

33

(38)

1,993

(98,642)

(4,714)

7,386

(95,970)

(58,123)

(4,904)

8,390

(54,637)

NET FINANCE EXPENSES

(96,017)

(4,686)

7,350

(93,353)

(56,125)

(4,871)

8,352 (52,644)

Share of profit (loss) of equity  
accounted investees (net of income tax) 

617

- 

29,669

30,286

409

- 

17,444

17,853

PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

(80,993)

29,453

Income tax expense

5,743

- 

PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD

(75,250)

29,453

- 

- 

- 

(51,540)

(117,689)

28,184

- 

(89,505)

5,743

(178)

- 

(45,797)

(117,867)

28,184

- 

- 

(178)

(89,683)

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

(75,250)

29,453

- 

(45,797)

(117,867)

28,184

- 

(89,683)

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

94

EURONAVNote 1 - Segment Reporting (continued)

Consolidated statement of cash flows

(in thousands of USD except per 
share amounts)

2014

2013
Restated*

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Net cash from operating activities

19,978

40,013

(45,209)

14,782

41,491

38,497

(88,905)

(8,917)

Net cash from (used in) investing 
activities

Net cash from (used in) financing 
activities

(1,007,928)

- 

(15,079) (1,023,007)

(11,606)

- 

39,720

28,114

1,168,516

(55,552)

76,057

1,189,021

(67,897)

(25,015)

35,528

(57,384)

Capital expenditure

Impairment losses

Impairment losses reversed

(1,178,051)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

905 (1,177,146)

(55,630)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(55,630)

- 

- 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

95

Financial reportNote 2 - Assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations

Assets held for sale

The assets held for sale can be detailed as follows:
(in thousands of USD)

Vessels 
Of which in Tankers segment
Of which in FSO segment

2014

2013
Restated*

89,000
89,000
- 

21,510
21,510
- 

(Estimated) 
Sale price

Book 
Value

Asset Held 
For Sale

Expected 
Gain 

Expected 
Loss

AT 1 JANUARY 2013, RESTATED *

- 

- 

52,920

- 

Assets transferred to assets held for sale
Luxembourg

Assets sold from assets held for sale
Cap Isabella

28,000

21,510

21,510

6,490

52,920

52,920

(52,920)

- 

AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, RESTATED *

80,920

74,430

21,510

6,490

AT 1 JANUARY 2014

- 

- 

21,510

Assets transferred to assets held for sale
Olympia
Antarctica

Assets sold from assets held for sale
Luxembourg
Olympia

89,000
89,000

27,900
91,380

91,560
93,856

89,000
89,000

- 

- 
- 

21,510
89,000

(21,510)
(89,000)

6,390
2,380

- 
- 

AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

- 

- 

89,000

8,770

(7,416)

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

On  7  January  2014,  the  Group  sold  its  oldest  double-hulled 
VLCC Luxembourg (1999 – 299,150 dwt), for USD 27.9 million. 
Because the sale process commenced in 2013 and management 
had  good  indications  that  the  sale  would  occur  in  the  near 
future, the asset was transferred to non-current assets held 
for sale as of 31 December 2013. The capital gain on that sale 
of USD 6.4 million was recorded upon delivery on 28 May 2014. 

In  April  2014,  the  purchase  option  to  buy  the  Olympia  (2008 
–  315,981  dwt)  and  the  Antarctica  (2009  –  315,981  dwt)  was 
exercised for an aggregate sale price of USD 178 million of which 
USD 20 million had been received as an option fee deductible 
from the purchase price back in January 2011. The sale resulted 
in a combined loss of USD 7.4 million which was recorded as an 

impairment on non-current assets held for sale in the second 
quarter of 2014. The Olympia was delivered to its new owner 
on 8 September 2014, earlier than expected, resulting in an 
increased  sale  price  and  a  corresponding  gain  on  disposal 
of assets of USD 2.4 million which was recorded in the third 
quarter of 2014. The Antarctica was delivered on 15 January 
2015,  earlier  than  expected,  resulting  in  an  increased  sale 
price and a corresponding gain on disposal of assets of USD 
2.2 million which will be recorded in the first quarter of 2015.

Discontinued operations 
As per 31 December 2014 and per 31 December 2013 the Group 
had  no  operations  that  meet  the  criteria  of  a  discontinued 
operation. 

96

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(2,560)
(4,856)

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3 - Revenue

(in thousands of USD)

Pool Revenue

Time Charters

Spot Voyages

TOTAL REVENUE

Note

- 

19

- 

2014

149,624

132,118

192,243

2013
Restated*

49,792

133,396

121,434

473,985

304,622

For the accounting treatment of revenue, we refer to the accounting policies (o) - Revenue.

The increase in revenue is mainly related to the increase in the fleet size and improvement of the shipping market in general.

Spot Voyages

TC&BB

Pool

2014

2013

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

97

Financial reportNote 4 - Expenses for shipping activities and other expenses from operating activities

VOYAGE EXPENSES AND COMMISSIONS
(in thousands of USD)

Voyage related expense
Commissions paid

TOTAL VOYAGE EXPENSES AND COMMISSIONS

Note

2014

- 
- 

(111,238)
(7,065)

(118,303)

2013
Restated*

(73,412)
(6,172)

(79,584)

The majority of voyage expenses are port costs, bunkers and agent fees paid to operate the vessels on the spot market. These 
expenses increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due to additional port and bunker expenses, due to changes in the Group’s fleet 
trading pattern and an increase in the number of vessels in the spot market or through the Tankers International Pool.

VESSEL OPERATING EXPENSES
(in thousands of USD)

Operating expenses
Insurance

Note

- 
- 

2014

(112,834)
(11,255)

2013
Restated*

(97,333)
(8,578)

TOTAL VESSEL OPERATING EXPENSES

(124,089)

(105,911)

The  operating  expenses  relate  mainly  to  the  crewing,  technical  and  other  costs  to  operate  tankers.  In  2014  these  expenses 
increased compared to 2013, which is mainly related to a higher number of vessels operated by the Group following the delivery 
of the Maersk Acquisition vessels.

CHARTER HIRE EXPENSES
(in thousands of USD)

Charter hire
Bare boat hire

TOTAL CHARTER HIRE EXPENSES

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
(in thousands of USD)

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Provision for employee benefits
Equity-settled share-based payments
Other employee benefits

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Administrative expenses
Claims 
Provisions

TOTAL GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Average number of full time equivalents

Note

19
19

Note

- 
- 
16
22
- 

- 
- 
- 

2014

(32,080)
(3,584)

(35,664)

2014

(10,840)
(2,495)
(85)
(3,994)
(3,075)

(20,489)

(19,228)
(8)
(840)

(40,565)

113.32

2013
Restated*

(18,029)
(3,002)

(21,031)

2013
Restated*

(9,498)
(2,149)
86
(183)
(2,137)

(13,881)

(13,284)
- 
- 

(27,165)

97.30

The administrative expenses include amongst other director fees, office rental, consulting- and audit fees and Tonnage Tax. Due 
to the increase in the number of owned vessels in 2014, administrative expenses relating to the Tankers International Pool and 
Tonnage Tax increased. Because of additional FTE’s in 2014, staff costs went up accordingly in 2014 compared to 2013.

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.

98

EURONAVNote 5 - Net finance expense

RECOGNISED IN PROFIT OR LOSS

(in thousands of USD)

Interest income

Foreign exchange gains

FINANCE INCOME

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 

Fair value adjustment on interest rate swaps

Amortisation other Notes

Other financial charges

Foreign exchange losses

FINANCE EXPENSE 

2014

487

2,131

2,617

(57,948)

- 

(31,878)

(3,829)

(2,315)

(95,970)

2013
Restated*

98

1,895

1,993

(49,240)

154

- 

(2,809)

(2,742)

(54,637)

NET FINANCE EXPENSE RECOGNISED IN PROFIT OR LOSS

(93,353)

(52,644)

The above finance income and expenses include the following in respect of assets (liabilities) not at fair value through profit or loss:

Total interest income on financial assets

Total interest expense on financial liabilities

Total other financial charges

RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY
(in thousands of USD)

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

Cash flow hedges - effective portion of changes in fair value

Cash flow hedges - reclassified to profit or loss

NET FINANCE EXPENSE RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

NET FINANCE EXPENSE RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY

Recognised in:

Translation reserve

Hedging reserve 

487

(89,826)

(3,829)

2014

(567)

1,291

- 

724

724

724

(567)

1,291

98

(49,240)

(2,809)

2013
Restated*

216

5,430

- 

5,646

5,646

5,646

216

5,430

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.

99

Financial reportNote 6 - Income tax benefit (expense) 

(in thousands of USD)

Current tax

Current period

TOTAL CURRENT TAX

Deferred tax

Recognised unused tax losses

TOTAL DEFERRED TAX

TOTAL TAX EXPENSE

2014

(9)

(9)

5,752

5,752

5,743

2013
Restated*

(58)

(58)

(120)

(120)

(178)

Reconciliation of effective tax

Profit (loss) before tax

Tax at domestic rate

Effects on tax of :

Tax exempt profit / loss 

Loss for which no DTA1 has been recognised

Non-deductible expenses

Use of unrecognised tax losses, tax credits and tax allowances

Tonnage Tax regime

Effect of share of profit of equity-accounted investees

Effects of tax regimes in foreign jurisdictions

2014

(51,540)

2013
Restated*

(89,505)

(33.99%)

17,518

(33.99%)

30,423

3,039

(17,926)

(193)

- 

(6,590)

10,294

(400)

(2,863)

- 

(180)

138

(33,717)

6,068

(47)

TOTAL TAXES

(11.14%)

5,743

0.20%

(178)

In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on IAS 12 Income taxes, tonnage tax is not accounted for as income taxes in accordance 
with IAS 12 and is not presented as part of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss but has been 
shown as an administrative expense under the heading General and administrative expenses (see Note 4) . 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
1 DTA= Deferred Tax Asset

100

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 - Property, plant and equipment

Vessels

Vessels under 
construction

Other tangible 
assets

Prepayments

Total PPE

(in thousands of USD)

AT 1 JANUARY 2013, RESTATED *

Cost

Depreciation & impairment losses 

NET CARRYING AMOUNT

Acquisitions

Disposals and cancellations

Depreciation charges

Transfer to assets held for sale

Transfers

Translation differences

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, 
RESTATED *

AT 1 JANUARY 2014

Cost

Depreciation & impairment losses

NET CARRYING AMOUNT

Acquisitions

Disposals and cancellations

Depreciation charges

Transfer to assets held for sale

Transfers

Translation differences

2,506,756

(913,919)

1,592,837

- 

- 

(136,527)

(21,510)

- 

- 

1,434,800

2,424,978

(990,178)

1,434,800

1,053,939

- 

(160,590)

(185,415)

115,600

- 

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

2,258,334

AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

Cost

Depreciation & impairment losses

NET CARRYING AMOUNT

3,342,607

(1,084,273)

2,258,334

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,377

(1,711)

666

325

(10)

(355)

- 

7

- 

- 

- 

10,000

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,509,133
(915,630)

1,593,503

10,325

(10)

(136,882)

(21,510)

- 
7

633

10,000

1,445,433

2,487

(1,854)

633

987

(2)

(344)

- 

- 

(48)

1,226

2,997

(1,771)

1,226

10,000

- 

2,437,465
(992,032)

10,000

1,445,433

122,201

1,177,127

- 

- 

- 

(115,600)

- 

(2)

(160,934)

(185,415)

- 
(48)

16,601

2,276,161

16,601

- 

3,362,205
(1,086,044)

16,601

2,276,161

 ■ On  3  January  2014,  the  Group  signed  a  contract  to  acquire 
 fifteen  (15)  Very  Large  Crude  Carriers  (VLCC)  from  Maersk 
Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. for a total acquisition price of USD 
980 million, payable as the vessels are being delivered. For this 
transaction the Group made a prepayment in December 2013 
of USD 10 million and a remaining deposit of USD 88 million 
on 15 January 2014. On 20 and 25 February 2014 Euronav suc-
cessfully took delivery of the first two vessels, the Nautilus and 
Nucleus. 

 ■ In  April  2014,  a  purchase  option  to  buy  the  Olympia  (2008 
– 315,981 dwt) and the Antarctica (2009 – 315,981 dwt) was 
exercised and consequently these vessels were transferred 
to assets held for sale (see Note 2).

 ■ On 9 May 2014, the Group successfully took delivery of the 
third double-hulled VLCC from Maersk Tankers Singapore 
Pte Ltd., the Navarin. 

 ■ On 3 June 2014, the Group successfully took delivery of the 
fourth  and  fifth  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk  Tankers 
Singapore Pte Ltd., the Sara and Newton.

 ■ On 11 June 2014, the Group successfully took delivery of the 
sixth double-hulled VLCC from Maersk Tankers Singapore 
Pte Ltd., the Ilma. 

 ■ On  19  June  2014,  the  Group  successfully  took  delivery  of 
the  seventh  and  eight  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk 
 Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd., the Nautic and Ingrid.

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

101

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 - Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 ■ On 2 July 2014, the Group successfully took delivery of the 
ninth  and  tenth  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk  Tankers 
Singapore Pte Ltd., the Nectar and the Noble. 

 ■ On  9  October  2014,  the  Group  successfully  took  delivery 
of  the  fifteenth  and  last  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk 
Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd., the Sandra. 

 ■ On  7  July  2014,  the  Group  successfully  took  delivery  of 
the  eleventh  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk  Tankers 
 Singapore Pte Ltd., the Simone. 

 ■ On 17 July 2014, the Group successfully took delivery of the 
twelfth double-hulled VLCC from Maersk Tankers Singapore 
Pte Ltd., the Neptun. 

 ■ On  22  July  2014,  the  Group  successfully  took  delivery  of 
the  thirteenth  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk  Tankers 
 Singapore Pte Ltd., the Sonia. 

 ■ On  29  July  2014,  the  Group  successfully  took  delivery  of 
the  fourteenth  double-hulled  VLCC  from  Maersk  Tankers  
Singapore Pte Ltd., the Iris. 

 ■ On  8  July  2014,  the  Group  has  entered  into  an  additional 
agreement with Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. for the 
purchase of 4 modern Japanese built VLCC vessels for an 
aggregate purchase price of USD 342 million including a de-
posit of USD 34.2 million. On 19 and 22 December 2014, the 
Group successfully took delivery of the first two vessels, the 
Hojo and Hakone. The other two vessels are expected to be 
delivered in the course of the first quarter of 2015. 

 ■ In  2014,  the  Antarctica,  Flandre,  Felicity,  Eugenie  and 
 Fraternity  have  been  dry-docked.  The  cost  of  planned 
 repairs and maintenance is capitalised and included under 
the heading acquisitions. 

Disposal of assets - Gain/Losses

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Acquisitions

Sale price

Book Value

Gain

Loss

Cap Isabella

Other

AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, RESTATED *

Olympia

Luxembourg

Cap Isabella

Other

AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

2

-

2

2

-

-

215

- 

215

52,920

- 

52,920

53,135

- 

53,135

Acquisitions

Sale price

Book Value

91,380

27,900

4,329

- 

89,000

21,510

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

123,609

110,510

13,122

- 

8

8

Gain

2,380

6,390

4,329

23

(215)

-

(215)

Loss

-

-

-
-

-

 ■ On 15 March 2013, the Group sold the Suezmax Cap  Isabella 
(2013  –  157,258  dwt)  to  Belle  Shipholdings  Ltd.  The  Cap 
 Isabella was a newbuilding from Samsung Heavy Industries 
and  was  sold  through  a  sale  and  lease  back  agreement. 
The  net  selling  price  of  the  vessel  was  USD  52.9  million 
while Euronav still had a capital commitment to the yard of 
USD 55.2 million. As this transaction was signed before the 
 announcement of the 2012 final figures and was the  result 
of  negotiations  with  various  parties  which  started  in  the 
financial  year 2012,  the  Group  recorded  the  capital loss of 
USD 32 million in 2012 with a small adjustment in 2013 of 
USD 215,000. 

 ■ On  31  July  2014,  the  Cap  Isabella  was  in  its  turn  sold  by 
its  owner,  Belle  Shipholdings  Ltd.,  a  company  related  to 
 Euronav,  to  a  third-party  and  was  delivered  to  its  new 

 owner  on  8  October  2014.  As  the  original  sale  and  lease 
back agreement between the Group and Belle  Shipholdings 
Ltd. included a profit sharing mechanism for a future sale, 
a  capital  gain  on  disposal  of  assets  was  recorded  in  the 
fourth quarter of 2014 for a total amount of USD 4.3 mil-
lion. 

 ■ On 7 January 2014, the Group sold its oldest double-hulled 
VLCC Luxembourg (1999 – 299,150 dwt), for USD 27.9 mil-
lion.  Because  the  sale  process  commenced  in  2013  and 
management had good indications that the sale would occur 
in the near future, the asset was transferred to non-current 
assets  held  for  sale  as  of  31  December  2013.  The  capital 
gain on that sale was USD 6.4 million which has been re-
corded at delivery in 2014.  

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

102

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 - Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 ■ In April 2014, the purchase option to buy the Olympia (2008 
– 315,981 dwt) and the Antarctica (2009 – 315,981 dwt) was 
exercised for an aggregate sale price of USD 178 million of 
which USD 20 million had been received as an option fee de-
ductible from the purchase price back in January 2011. The 
sale resulted in a combined loss of USD 7.4 million which 
was recorded as an impairment on non-current assets held 
for sale in the second quarter of 2014. The Olympia was de-
livered to its new owner on 8 September 2014, earlier than 
expected, resulting in an increased sale price and a corre-
sponding gain on disposal of assets of USD 2.4 million which 
was  recorded  in  the  third  quarter  of  2014.  The  Antarctica 
was  delivered  on  15  January  2015,  earlier  than  expected, 
resulting  in  an  increased  sale  price  and  a  corresponding 
gain on disposal of assets of USD 2.2 million which will be 
recorded in the first quarter of 2015. 

Impairment
As a result of the low charter rates and vessels value in 2014, the 
Group has performed an impairment test whereby the carrying 
amount  of  an  asset  or  CGU  is  compared  to  its  recoverable 
amount,  which  is  the  greater  of  its  value  in  use  and  its  fair 
value less cost to sell. In assessing value in use, the following 

assumptions were used:
 ■ 10  year  historical  average  spot  freight  rates  are  used  as 

forecast charter rates for tankers

 ■ Weighted Average Cost of Capital (‘WACC’) of 5.72% (2013: 

6.38%)

 ■ 20 year useful life with residual value equal to zero for tank-

ers

that 

Although  management  believes 
the  assumptions 
used  to  evaluate  potential  impairment  are  reasonable  and 
appropriate,  such  assumptions  are  subject  to  judgment.  
The impairment test did not result in a requirement to record 
an impairment loss in 2014.

Even with an increase of the WACC of 3%, there was no need 
to record an impairment loss in 2014.  

Security
All tankers financed are subject to a mortgage to secure bank 
loans (see Note 14). 

Vessels on order or under construction 
The group did not have any vessels under construction or on 
order, as at 31 December 2014 or 31 December 2013. 

103

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 - Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Capital commitment
As at 31 December 2014 the Group’s total capital commitment including the Maersk Transaction discussed above amounts to USD 
149.4 million (2013: USD 970 million). These can be detailed as follows: 

(in thousands of USD)

Commitments in respect of VLCCs

Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes

Commitments in respect of FSOs

TOTAL

(in thousands of USD)

Commitments in respect of VLCCs

Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes

Commitments in respect of FSOs

TOTAL

As at 31 December 2013 payments scheduled for

TOTAL

970,000
- 

- 

2014

970,000

- 

- 

970,000

970,000

2015

2016

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

As at 31 December 2014 payments scheduled for

TOTAL

149,400
- 

- 

2015

149,400

- 

- 

149,400

149,400

2016

2017

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

104

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
Note 8 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: 

(in thousands of USD)

Assets

Liabilities

Employee benefits

Unused tax losses & tax credits

Offset

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, RESTATED*

Provisions

Employee benefits

Unused tax losses & tax credits

Offset

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

52

828

880

- 

880

238

52

6,246

6,536

- 

6,536

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

-

- 

- 

- 

Net

52

828

880

238

52

6,246

6,536

Unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been recognised in respect of the following items: 

(in thousands of USD)

Deductible temporary differences 

Taxable temporary differences

Tax losses & tax credits

Offset

TOTAL

31 December 2014

31 December 2013 
Restated*

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

311

- 

132,689

133,000

(16,589)

116,411

- 

(16,589)

- 

(16,589)

16,589

- 

352

- 

30,148

30,500

(16,587)

13,913

- 

(16,587)

- 

(16,587)

16,587

- 

The unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses 
and tax credits are entirely related to tax losses carried forward, 
investment deduction allowances and excess dividend received 
deduction. These unrecognised tax losses and tax credits have 
no expiration date.  

A  deferred  tax  asset  (‘DTA’)  is  recognised  for  unused  tax 
losses  and  tax  credits  carried  forward,  to  the  extent  that  it 
is  probable  that  future  taxable  profits  will  be  available.  The 
Group  considers  future  taxable  profits  as  probable  when 
it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  taxable  profits  will  be  gener-
ated  in  the  foreseeable  future.  When  determining  whether 
probable  future  taxable  profits  are  available  the  probability 
threshold is applied to portions of the total amount of unused 

tax  losses  or  tax  credits,  rather  than  the  entire  amount. 

Given the nature of the tonnage tax regime, the Group has a 
substantial amount of unused tax losses and tax credits for 
which no future tax profits are probable and therefore no DTA 
has been recognised. 

The unrecognised tax liabilities in respect of taxable temporary 
differences relate to tax liabilities in respect of non distributed 
reserves of the Group that will be taxed when distributed. No 
deferred tax liability has been recognised because the Group 
controls  whether  the  liability  will  be  incurred  and  manage-
ment is satisfied that the liability will not be incurred in the 
foreseeable future.

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

105

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Movement in deferred tax balances during the year

(in thousands of USD)

Employee benefits

Unused tax losses & tax credits

TOTAL

Provisions

Employee benefits

Unused tax losses & tax credits

TOTAL

Balance at 
1 Jan 2013

Recognised in 
income

Recognised in 
equity

Translation 
differences

Balance at 
31 Dec 2013
Restated*

41

922

963

9

(129)

(120)

- 

- 

- 

2

35

37

52

828

880

Balance at 
1 Jan 2014

Recognised in 
income

Recognised in 
equity

Translation 
differences

Balance at 
31 Dec 2014

- 

52

828

880

238

7

5,507

5,752

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(7)

(89)

(96)

238

52

6,246

6,536

Note 9 - Non-current receivables

(in thousands of USD)

Shareholders loans to joint ventures

Other non-current receivables

Investment

TOTAL NON-CURRENT RECEIVABLES

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated*

257,771

675

1

258,447

259,517

17

1

259,535

Please refer to Note 24 for more information on the shareholders loans to joint ventures.

The maturity date of the non-current receivables is as follows:
(in thousands of USD)

31 December 2014

Receivable:

Between one and two years

Between two and three years

Between three and four years

Between four and five years

More than five years

TOTAL NON-CURRENT RECEIVABLES

- 

- 

- 

- 

258,447

258,447

31 December 2013
Restated*

- 

- 

- 

- 

259,535

259,535

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

106

EURONAV 
 
 
Note 10 - Trade and other receivables - current

(in thousands of USD)

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Accrued intrest

Deferred charges

Other receivables

TOTAL TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated*

48,070

18,342

79

31,492

96,750

194,733

24,315

9,765

14

29,368

32,451

95,913

Note 11 - Cash and cash equivalents

(in thousands of USD)

Bank deposits

Cash at bank and in hand

TOTAL

Of which restricted cash

Less:

Bank overdrafts used for cash management purposes

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated*

146,100

107,986

254,086

- 

- 

254,086

34,254

40,055

74,309

1,750

- 

74,309

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

107

Financial reportNote 12 - Equity

Number of shares issued
in shares

On issue at 1 January

Conversion convertible bonds

Conversion perpetual convertible preferred equity

Capital increases

31 December 2014

31 December 2013

54,223,817

18,495,656

9,459,286

48,871,907

51,750,000

2,473,817

- 

- 

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER - FULLY PAID 

131,050,666

54,223,817

On 10 January 2014, the Group raised USD 50.0 million under the 
authorised capital against the issuance of 5,473,571 new ordi-
nary shares. On 24 February 2014, the meeting of shareholders 
approved a USD 300 million capital increase against the issuance 
of 32,841,528 new ordinary shares. The transaction costs related 
to these capital increases for a total amount of USD 8.6 million 
were recognised directly in retained earnings. 

On 14 July 2014, the Group received gross proceeds of USD 
125.0  million  under  the  authorised  capital  against  the  issu-
ance of 10,556,808 new ordinary shares. The transaction costs 
related to this capital increase for a total of USD 3.9 million 
were recognised directly in retained earnings.   

At  31  December  2014  the  share  capital  is  represented  by 
131,050,666 shares. The shares have no par value. 

At 31 December 2014, the authorised share capital not issued 
amounts to USD 61,525,678 (2013: USD 47,311,178) or the equiva-
lent of 56,605,942 shares (2013: 43,528,067 shares). 

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends 
when declared and are entitled to one vote per share at the 
shareholders’ meetings of the Group.  

Issue  and  contribution  of  perpetual  convertible 
preferred equity 
On 16 December 2013, Euronav raised USD 150 milllion through 
a private placement of a perpetual convertible preferred equity 
instrument (“PCPs”). The instrument was issued in January 
2014  at  par  and  bearing  an  interest  of  6%  during  the  first  5 
years payable annually in arrears in cash or in shares at the 
option of the Group. The price against which the PCPs could be 
contributed was EUR 5.776000 (or USD 7.928715 at EUR/USD 
exchange rate of 1.3727) per common share. The Group had an 
option to force the conversion if the share price reached a certain 
level over a certain period of time and if the Group had completed 
a listing in New York (NYSE or NASDAQ).  

The  transaction  costs  related  to  the  issuance  of  the  instru-
ment for a total of USD 3.5 million, were recognised in retained 
 earnings. 

On 6 February 2014, 30 of the 60 perpetual convertible preferred 
equity instruments issued on 13 January 2014, were converted 
into share capital, resulting in the issuance of 9,459,286 ordinary 
shares.

On  6  February  2015,  the  remaining  30  of  the  60  perpetual 
convertible preferred equity instruments issued on 13 January 
2014, were converted into share capital, resulting in the issuance 
of 9,459,283 ordinary shares (see Note 28). 

Issue and conversion of convertible Notes 
In the course of 2014, 1,097 of the remaining convertible Notes 
issued  in  2013  and  maturing  in  2018  were  converted  into  a 
total of 18,495,656 new ordinary shares. The last outstanding 
Note issued in 2013 and maturing in 2018 was redeemed on  
22 April 2014. The difference between the face value and book 
value of these converted Notes amounted to USD 7.4 million 
which was recognised directly in retained earnings. 

250 of the convertible Notes issued in 2009 and maturing in 2015 
remained outstanding at 31 December 2014. 

Translation reserve 
The  translation  reserve  comprises  all  foreign  exchange 
 differences arising from the translation of the financial state-
ments of foreign operations. 

Hedging reserve 
The Group, in connection to the USD 300 million facility raised 
in April 2009 also entered in several Interest Rate Swap (IRSs) 
instruments with a combined notional value of USD 300 million. 
These IRSs have been used to hedge the risk related to the 
fluctuation of the Libor rate and qualified as hedging instru-
ments in a cash flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. These 

108

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
instruments have been measured at their fair value; effective 
changes in fair value have been recognised in equity and the 
ineffective portion has been recognised in profit or loss. These 
IRSs had a duration of 5 years matching the repayment profile 
of that facility and matured on 2 April 2014. Therefore, the fair 
value of these instruments at 31 December 2014 amounted to 
USD 0.

Dividend limitations
The Group is subject to a dividend covenant in relation to its 
senior secured credit facilities: the dividend shall not exceed 
50% of the net income earned in a financial year or part thereof 
to which that dividend relates, unless the majority of the lenders 
of those particular facilities agree to a dividend in excess of 
the said 50%.

Treasury shares 
At 31 December 2014 the Group holds 1,750,000 treasury shares 
(31 December 2013: 1,750,000 shares).

The Group has purchased the shares at an average price of 
EUR 18.1605 or USD 26.3210.

The treasury shares have been deducted from equity and amount 
to USD 46,061,831 at 31 December 2014 (31 December 2013: 
USD 46,061,831).

Dividends
In 2013 and 2014, the directors of the Group proposed not to 
declare a dividend.

Share-based payment arrangements 
On 16 December 2013, the Group established a share option 
program that entitles key management personnel to purchase 
existing shares in the Company. Under the program, holders of 
vested options are entitled to purchase shares at the market 
price of the shares at the grant date. Currently this program 
is limited to key management personnel. The key terms and 
conditions did not change after 31 December 2013. 

For this option program a total amount of USD 4.0 million was 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for 
2014 (2013: USD 0.2 million). 

109

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 - Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share 
The calculation of basic earnings per share at 31 December 2014 was based on a result attributable to ordinary shares of USD 
-45,795,933 (2013: USD -89,683,447) and a weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period ended 
December 31, 2014 of 116,539,017 (2013: 50,230,438), calculated as follows:

Result attributable to ordinary shares

(in thousands of USD except share and per share information)

2014

2013

Result for the period

Weighted average 

Basic earnings per share (in USD)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

(45,797)

116,539,017

(0.39)

(89,683)

50,230,438

(1.79)

(in shares)

Shares issued

Treasury shares

Shares 
outstanding

Weighted number 
of shares

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER 2012

51,750,000

1,750,000

50,000,000

50,000,000

Issuance of shares

Purchases of treasury shares

Withdrawal of treasury shares

Sales of treasury shares

2,473,817

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,473,817

230,438

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013

54,223,817

1,750,000

52,473,817

50,230,438

Issuance of shares

Purchases of treasury shares

Withdrawal of treasury shares

Sales of treasury shares

76,826,849

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

76,826,849

64,065,200

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

131,050,666

1,750,000

129,300,666

116,539,017

Diluted earnings per share 
At 31 December 2014, 250 convertible Notes (2013: 1,348) and 
30 PCPs (2013: 0) were excluded from the diluted weighted-
average number of ordinary shares calculation because their 
effect would have been anti-dilutive (2013 and 2014 earnings 
per share would increase).    

Number of ordinary shares (diluted) 
The table below shows the potential number of shares that could 
be created if all the convertible Notes were to be converted into 
ordinary shares.   

(in shares)

ORDINARY SHARES OUTSTANDING (BASIC)

Effect of potential conversion of convertible Notes

Effect of potential conversion of PCPS

Effect of Share-based Payment arrangements

2014

2013

116,539,017

50,230,438

1,079,047

9,459,283

1,750,000

18,949,134

- 

1,750,000

NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES (DILUTED)

128,827,347

70,929,572

110

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 - Earnings per share (continued)

The  number  of  shares  related  to  a  potential  conversion  of 
convertible Notes may vary according to potential adjustments 
of the Conversion Price in certain events such as a change of 
control, a distribution of a dividend exceeding certain threshold 
amounts or early voluntary conversion.

On 31 January 2013, Euronav launched an invitation to current 
bondholders to exchange any and all outstanding Notes due in 
January 2015 for new 6.50% convertible Notes due in January 
2018. The conversion price of the new convertible Note was set 
to EUR 5.65 or USD 7.54. In case of an early voluntary conver-
sion an additional number of shares would be made available 
at the same price as the conversion price to compensate for 
the unpaid coupons of the first 4 years. 1,250 2015 Notes were 
tendered for exchange. 

Notes due in January 2018. In the course of 2013, these Notes 
were sold. 

In the course of 2014, all the convertible Notes issued in 2013 
and maturing in 2018, were converted to new ordinary shares, 
except for one which was redeemed at par. 

On 31 January 2015, the last 250 remaining outstanding Notes 
due in January 2015, were redeemed at par. 

On 6 February 2014, 30 of the 60 perpetual convertible preferred 
equity instruments issued on 10 January 2014, were contributed 
in kind. On 6 February 2015, the remaining 30 perpetual convert-
ible preferred equity instruments were contributed as well. 

In the beginning of 2012, the Group performed a buyback of 68 
Notes issued in 2009 and maturing January 2015. These Notes 
were exchanged in February 2013 for new 6.50% convertible 

The  following  table  illustrates  all  the  capital  increases  that 
occurred  in  the  course  of  2015  and  the  remaining  possible 
dilution for the outstanding Notes and perpetual convertible 
equity instruments.

Capital Increases in 2015

Date of transaction

Amount in USD

Issued Ordinary 
shares

Total number 
ordinary shares on 
issue

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

131,050,666

131,050,666

Initial public offering of its ordinary shares in the 
U.S.
Conversion of PCPs (30)

28 January 2015

229,062,750

18,699,000

149,749,666

6 February 2015

10,281,408

9,459,283

159,208,949

TOTAL ON ISSUE AFTER CAPITAL INCREASES

28,158,283

159,208,949

The above transactions resulted in the following capital structure:

Shares issued

Treasury shares

Shares 
outstanding

Weighted number 
of shares

ON ISSUE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

131,050,666

1,750,000

129,300,666

116,539,017

Issuance of shares

Purchases of treasury shares

Withdrawal of treasury shares 

Sales of treasury shares

28,158,283

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

28,158,283

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

ON ISSUE YTD 2015

159,208,949

1,750,000

157,458,949

146,479,635

After  all  the  conversions  of  the  convertible  Notes  and  the  contributions  in  kind,  there  are  no  more  remaining  outstanding 
instruments which can give rise to dilution, except for the share-based payment arrangements.

111

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

(in thousands of USD)

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

AT 1 JANUARY 2013, RESTATED *

New loans
Scheduled repayments
Early repayments
Conversion
Other changes

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, RESTATED *

More than 5 years 
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year 
Less than 1 year

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, RESTATED *

More than 5 years 
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

AT 1 JANUARY 2014

New loans
Scheduled repayments
Early repayments
Conversion
Other changes

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

Bank loans

- 
800,853
800,853
110,621

911,474

56,587
(110,621)
(9,500)
- 
(177)

847,763

- 
710,086
710,086
137,677

847,763

Bank loans

- 
710,086
710,086
137,677

847,763

1,195,217
(137,545)
(660,946)
- 
(10,160)

1,234,329

371,595
716,431
1,088,026
146,303

1,234,329

Convertible and 
other Notes
- 
132,694
132,694
- 

Total

- 
933,547
933,547
110,621

132,694

1,044,168

6,800
- 
(500)
(15,200)
2,028

125,822

- 
125,822
125,822
- 

125,822

Convertible and 
other Notes
- 
125,822
125,822
- 

125,822

200,175
- 
(1,400)
(109,700)
39,600

254,497

- 
231,373
231,373
23,124

254,497

63,387
(110,621)
(10,000)
(15,200)
1,851

973,585

- 
835,908
835,908
137,677

973,585

Total

- 
835,908
835,908
137,677

973,585

1,395,392
(137,545)
(662,346)
(109,700)
29,440

1,488,826

371,595
947,804
1,319,399
169,427

1,488,826

Bank Loans
On 3 April 2009, the Group entered into a USD 300.0 million 
secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea 
Bank Norge SA as Agent and Security Trustee. This facility 
had an initial term of five years, which was amended to extend 
maturity  by  an  additional  four  years  until  2018.  The  Group 
used the proceeds of this facility to finance the acquisition 
of six vessels, Fraternity, Felicity, Cap Felix, Cap Theodora, 
Antarctica  and  Olympia,  which  were  pledged  as  collateral  

under the loan, and for general corporate and working capital 
purposes. This facility, as amended, is repayable in consecu-
tive quarterly installments and bears interest at LIBOR plus 
a  margin  of  3.40%  per  annum,  plus  applicable  mandatory 
costs. On 22 October 2014, the Group repaid this loan in full 
using a portion of the borrowings under the USD 340.0 million 
Senior Secured Credit Facility. As of 31 December 2014 and 
31 December 2013, the outstanding balances on this facility 
were USD 0 million and USD 211.4 million, respectively. 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

112

EURONAVNote 14 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

On 22 June 2011, the Group entered into a USD 750.0 million 
secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea 
Bank Norge SA as Agent and Security Trustee. This facility 
is comprised of a USD 500.0 million term loan facility and a 
USD 250.0 million revolving credit facility, and has a term of 
six years. The main purpose of this facility was to repay and 
retire the USD 1,600 million facility signed in April 2005. This 
facility is secured by 22 of the Group’s wholly-owned vessels. 
The term loan is repayable in 11 instalments of consecutive 
6-month intervals, with the final repayment due at maturity 
in 2017. Each revolving advance is repayable in full on the last 
day of its applicable interest period. This facility, as amended, 
bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum plus 
applicable mandatory costs. Following the sale of the Algarve 
in October 2012, the Group prepaid USD 18.6 million of the term 
loan, and the revolving loan facility was reduced by USD 10.2 
million. As of 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2013, the 
outstanding balances on this facility were USD 483.4 million 
and USD 568.6 million, respectively. 

On  23  December  2011,  the  Group  entered  into  a  USD  65.0 
million secured term loan facility with DNB Bank ASA and 
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to finance the acqui-
sition of Alsace, which is mortgaged under the loan. This facility 
is repayable over a term of seven years in ten installments at 
successive six month intervals, each in the amount of USD 
2.15 million together with a balloon installment of USD 43.5 
million payable with (and forming part of) the tenth and final 
repayment on 23 February 2017. The interest rate is LIBOR 
plus a margin of 2.95% per annum plus applicable mandatory 
costs. As of 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2013, the 
outstanding balances on this facility were USD 54.3 million 
and USD 58.6 million, respectively.

On 25 March 2014, the Group entered into a USD 500.0 million 
senior  secured  credit  facility  with  DNB  Bank  ASA,  Nordea 
Bank  Norge  ASA,  and  Skandinaviska  Enskilda  Banken  AB 
(publ). This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 
2.75% per annum and is repayable over a term of six years 
with maturity in 2020 and is secured by the fifteen (15) Very 
Large Crude Carriers (VLCC) from Maersk Tankers Singapore 
Pte Ltd. The proceeds of the facility will be drawn and used to 
partially finance the purchase price of the Maersk Acquisition 
Vessels. As of 31 December 2014, the outstanding balance 
on this facility was USD 476.0 million. 

On 13 October 2014, the Group entered into a new USD 340.0 
million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks 
and ING Bank N.V. as Agent and Security Trustee. Borrowings 
under  this  facility  have  been,  or  are  expected  to  be,  used 
to  partially  finance  the  acquisition  of  the  four  (4)  modern 
Japanese built VLCC vessels (‘the VLCC Acquisition Vessels’) 
from Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. and to repay USD 
153.1 million of outstanding debt and retire the Group’s USD 
300.0 million Secured Loan Facility dated 3 April 2009. This 
facility is comprised of (i) a USD 148.0 million non-amortising 
revolving credit facility and (ii) a USD 192.0 million term loan 
facility. This facility has term of 7 years and bears interest at 
LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. This credit facility is 
secured by eight of our wholly-owned vessels, the Fraternity, 
Felicity, Cap Felix, Cap Theodora and, upon their respective 
deliveries, the VLCC Acquisition Vessels. On 22 October 2014 
a first drawdown under this facility was made to repay the 
USD 300 million secured loan facility, followed by additional 
drawdowns on 22 December 2014 and 23 December 2014 for an 
amount of 60.3 million and 50.3 million following the delivery 
of the Hojo and Hakone respectively. As of 31 December 2014, 
the outstanding balance on this facility was USD 235.2 million.

Undrawn borrowing facilities 
At 31 December 2014, Euronav and its fully-owned subsidiaries 
have undrawn credit line facilities amounting to EUR 10 million 
(2013: EUR 15 million). At the same date, an amount of USD 
0.4 million (2013: USD 21.3 million) was undrawn on the non-
amortising revolving credit facility. 

At 31 December 2014, an undrawn amount of USD 104.8 million 
remains under the Group’s USD 340.0 million senior secured 
credit facility which will be drawn following the deliveries of the 
Hakata and Hirado in the first quarter of 2015.   

Loan covenant   
For  the  USD  750.0  million  secured  loan  facility,  the  Group 
negotiated  in  the  course  of  2013  a  2-year  relaxation  of  the 
Asset Protection clause from 125% down to 110% against an 
increase of the margin above the LIBOR rate to 3.40%. On 10 
April  2014,  the  Group  voluntarily  cancelled  the  waiver  after 
which the margin was reduced to 3.00% and the ratio was set 
at the original value of 125%. 

113

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

Terms and debt repayment schedule
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

31 December 2014

31 December 2013
Restated*

Secured vessels loan
Secured vessels Revolving loan**
Secured vessels loan
Secured vessels loan
Secured vessels Revolving loan**
Secured vessels loan
Secured vessels loan
Unsecured bank facility

TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING 
BANK LOANS

Curr.

Nominal interest 
rate

Year of 
mat.

Face value

Carrying 
value

Face value

Carrying 
value

USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
USD
EUR

libor +3.00%
libor +3.00%
libor +3.40%
libor +2.25%
libor +2.25%
libor +2.75%
libor +2.95%
euribor +1.00%

2017
2017
2018
2021
2021
2020
2017
2015

253,409
230,372
- 
132,829
102,388
476,000
54,250
10,000

252,400
230,000
- 
129,485
102,388
465,956
54,100
- 

350,079
239,780
211,433
- 
- 
- 
58,550
25,000

347,845
218,500
209,510
- 
- 
- 
58,320
13,588

1,259,248 1,234,329

884,842

847,763

The face amount of the vessel loans can be reduced if the value of the collateralized vessels falls under a certain percentage of 
the outstanding amount under that loan.
* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 
** The total amount available under the Revolving Credit Facility depends on the total value of the fleet of tankers securing the facility.

Convertible and other notes

(in thousands of USD)

Unsecured convertible Notes
Unsecured convertible Notes
Unsecured Notes

TOTAL CONVERTIBLE AND OTHER 
NOTES

Curr.

USD
USD
USD

Nominal interest 
rate
6.50%
6.50%
5.95%

Year of 
mat.
2015
2018
2021

Face Value

31 December 2014
Carrying 
value
23,124
- 
231,373

25,000
- 
235,500

Face Value

31 December 2013
Carrying 
value
23,517
102,305
- 

25,000
109,800
- 

260,500

254,497

134,800

125,822

On 24 September 2009, the Group issued USD 150.0 million fixed 
rate senior unsecured convertible Notes, due 2015. The Notes 
were issued at 100 per cent of their principal amount and bear 
interest at a rate of 6.5 per cent per annum, payable semi-annually 
in arrears. The initial conversion price is EUR 16,283750 (or USD 
23,168520 at EUR/USD exchange rate of 1,4228) per share and 
was set  at  a  premium of 25 per cent to the volume weighted 
average price of Euronav’s ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels 
on September 3, 2009. If all of the Notes were to be converted 
into new ordinary shares at the initial conversion price, 6,474,307 
new ordinary shares would be issued, representing 11,12% of 
Euronav’s share capital on a fully diluted basis. 

The Notes were convertible between 4 November 2009 and 24 
January 2015 into ordinary shares of Euronav at the conversion 
price applicable at such conversion date and in accordance with 
the conditions set out in a trust deed in relation to the Notes. 
Unless  previously  redeemed,  converted  or  purchased  and 
cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed in cash on 31 January 
2015 at 100 per cent of their principal amount.

The Notes were added to the official list of the Luxembourg Stock 
Exchange and are traded on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange’s 
Euro MTF Market.

In the course of the first quarter 2012, the Group repurchased 68 
Notes of its USD 150 million fixed rate senior unsecured Notes, 
due 2015. The face value of each Note is USD 100,000 and the 
Group paid an average of USD 78,441.
In 2013, the Group offered to exchange the Notes against a new 
Note which bears the same interest rate of 6.5% but which would 
mature in 2018 and would have a lower conversion price of EUR 
5.65. The new Notes had a feature to compensate the bondholders 
for the forgiven coupons in case of conversion to shares during 
the first 4 years. The exchange offer resulted in USD 125 millions 
of Notes (face value) being exchanged for new Notes, including 
the 68 Notes acquired by the Group in 2012.
In the second quarter of 2013, the Group bought back an additional 
5 of its Notes due in 2015 for an average price of USD 92,000, 
while selling in the third quarter of 2013 the 68 Notes due in 2018 
it held after the above exchange.

114

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

During the period from 12 November 2013 through 22 April 2014, 
the Group issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary 
shares upon conversion of $124,900,000 in aggregate principal 
amount of 1,249 Convertible Notes due 2018 at the holders’ option.
On 20 February 2014, the Group exercised its right to redeem all 
of the remaining Convertible Notes due in 2018. At that time, $4.9 
million, or less than 10%, in principal amount of the Convertible 
Notes due 2018 originally issued remained outstanding. On April 
9, 2014, redeemed the last convertible note due 2018 outstanding 
as of 2 April 2014 for an aggregate of $101,227.78, which is the 
principal amount of a note ($100,000) plus accrued but unpaid 
interest from 31 January 2014 to (but excluding) 9 April 2014. 
As a result, after 9 April 2014, no Convertible Notes due in 2018 
were outstanding.   

On 4 February 2014, the Group issued USD 235.5 million 7-year 
bond to the same investors who participated in the USD 350 million 
capital increase. These bonds were issued at 85 per cent of their 
principal amount and bear interest at a rate of 5.95% per annum 
for the first year, payable semi-annually in arrears. The interest 
rate will increase to 8.5% per annum for the second and third year 
and will increase again to 10.20% per annum from year four until 
maturity. The bonds were redeemed on 6 February 2015 at par. The 
on issue discount of USD 35.3 million and the transaction costs of 
USD 0.7 million, were amortised over the expected lifetime of the 
bond. In 2014, USD 31.9 million has been recognised in financial 
expenses (see Note 5 and Note 28) and is also reflected under 
the heading ‘other changes’ in the table above. 

Convertible notes

(in thousands of USD)

Carrying amount of liability at the beginning of period
Interest 
Amortisation of transaction costs
Buyback of Convertible Notes
Sale of Convertible Notes
Conversion of Convertible Notes

CARRYING AMOUNT OF LIABILITY AT THE END OF THE PERIOD

2014

125,822
867
68
(1,354)
- 
(102,279)

23,124

2013
Restated*

132,694
2,448
(1,023)
(470)
5,898
(13,725)

125,822

Transaction and other financial costs 
In 2014, the Group noted an increase in finance expenses (2014: 
USD -96.0 million, 2013: USD -54.6 million) due to the increase 
in loans and borrowings, amortisations of additional transaction 

costs  and  the  amortisation  of  the  under  par  issuance  of  the 
USD 235.5 million 7-year bonds (see Note 5). Amortisations and 
reversal of transaction costs are reflected under the heading 
‘other changes’ in the table above. 

Note 15 - Non-current other payables

(in thousands of USD)

More than 5 years

Between 1 and 5 years

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013, 
RESTATED *

More than 5 years

Between 1 and 5 years

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

Fair Value 
derivatives

Sellers Credit

Advances on  
Contracts 

- 

1,291

1,291

- 

30,000

30,000

Fair Value 
derivatives

Sellers Credit

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

489

- 

489

TOTAL

- 

31,291

31,291

TOTAL

489

- 

489

The amount of other payables represents the non-current portion 
of amounts payable in relation to Interest Rate Swaps (IRS) (see 
also Note 18) and sellers credit obtained by the Group. The sellers 
credit was repaid on 28 February 2015, and was transferred to 

current other payables on 31 December 2014 (see Note 17). The 
IRS matured in April 2014 and therefore the fair value as at 31 
December 2014 is 0 (2013: USD 1.3 million) (see Note 18).   

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

115

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16 - Employee benefits

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

NET LIABILITY AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

Recognised in profit or loss
Recognised in other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation differences

NET LIABILITY AT END OF PERIOD

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets

Present value of unfunded obligations

NET LIABILITY

Amounts in the balance sheet:
Liabilities
Assets

NET LIABILITY 

31 December 2014

31 December 2013 
Restated*

(1,900)

(2,166)
263
-83

(2,108)

(1,525)
1,145
(380)
(1,728)

(2,108)

(2,108)
- 

(2,108)

(2,166)

86
263
(83)

(1,900)

(1,495)
1,215
(280)
(1,620)

(1,900)

(1,900)
- 

(1,900)

Liability for defined benefit obligations  
The Group makes contributions to three defined benefit plans that provide pension benefits for employees upon retirement. 
One plan - the Belgian plan - is fully insured through an insurance company. The second and third - French and Greek plan - are 
uninsured and unfunded. 

The Group expects to contribute the following amount to its defined benefit pension plans in 2015: USD 40,325. 

Note 17 - Trade and other payables - current

(in thousands of USD)

Trade payables 
Staff costs 
Dividends payable 
Derivatives 
Accrued expenses 
Accrued Intrest 
Deferred income 
Other payables 
Sellers credit

TOTAL TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

31 December 2014

31 December 2013 
Restated*

21,844
2,464
8
- 
36,838
14,026
10,248
10,127
30,000

125,555

14,756
2,324
14
- 
22,873
10,831
13,329
77,307
-
107,094

The amount under other payables relates to the option fee received in January 2011 in cash to sell both the VLCC Antarctica (2009 
- 315,981 dwt) and the VLCC Olympia (2008 - 315,981 dwt). The Olympia was sold in 2014 and the corresponding USD 10 million 
was deducted from the sale price. In 2014, the sellers credit in the amount USD 30 million was reclassified from non-current 
other payables to current other payables (see Note 15).

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

116

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks

Carrying amounts and and fair values

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels 
in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at 
fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. 

Carrying Amount

Fair value

Note

Fair value 
- Hedging 
instruments

Loans and 
receivables

Other  
financial  
liabilities

Level 1

Level 2 Level 3

Total

(in thousands of USD)

31 December 2013, restated *

Financial assets not measured at fair 
value **
Non-current receivables
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Interest rate swaps used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair 
value **
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured convertible Notes
Trade and other payables
Sellers Credit

31 December 2014

Financial assets not measured at fair 
value **
Non-current receivables
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

9
10
11

15

14
14
14
17
15

9
10
11

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Interest rate swaps used for hedging

15

Financial liabilities not measured at fair 
value **
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured convertible Notes
Unsecured other Notes
Trade and other payables
Advance received on Contracts

14
14
14
14
17
15

- 
- 
- 

- 

259,535
95,913
74,309

429,757

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

1,291

1,291

834,175
13,588
125,822
107,094
30,000

- 
- 
169,120
- 
- 

859,842
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

1,291

1,291

859,842
- 
169,120
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

-  1,110,679 169,120

859,842

-  1,028,962

258,447
194,733
254,086

707,266

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

1,234,329
- 
23,124
231,373
125,555
489

-  1,249,248
- 
- 
- 
25,048
- 
236,202
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

1,249,248
- 
25,048
236,202
- 
- 

-  1,614,870 261,249 1,249,248

-  1,510,497

1,291

1,291

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  
** The Group has not disclosed the fair values for financial instruments such as sellers credit and trade and other receivables and payables, because 
their carrying amounts are a reasonable approximation of fair values. 

117

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

Measurement of fair values 
Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs  
Level 1 fair value was determined on the actual trading of the unsecured convertible Notes, due in 2015 and the unsecured other 
Notes, due in 2021 and the trading price on 31 December 2014. 
The following tables show the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 2 fair values, as well as the significant unobservable 
inputs used.

Financial instruments measured at fair value

Type
Forward exchange contracts and interest 
rate swaps for which no hedge accounting 
applies

Valuation Techniques
Market comparison technique: The fair values are 
based  on  broker  quotes.  Similar  contracts  are 
traded in an active market and the quotes reflect 
the actual transactions in similar instruments

Significant unobservable inputs
Not applicable

Interest  rate  swaps  for  which  hedge 
accounting applies

Fair  value  calculation:  The  fair  values  are 
computed  by  calculating  the  present  value  of 
the future cash flows (Fixed and floating), which 
depends on the forward rates. The forward rates 
are calculated on the interest rate curves such 
as LIBOR.

Not applicable

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Type
Debt Securities *

Valuation Techniques
Market  comparison  technique:  The  valuation 
is  based  on  the  market  price  of  the  traded 
instruments.  The  contracts  are  traded  in  an 
active market and the quotes reflect the actual 
transactions.

Significant unobservable inputs
Not applicable

Other financial liabilities °

Discounted cash flow

Not applicable

* Debt securities consist of the unsecured other notes 
° Other financial liabilities include secured and unsecured bank loans 

118

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

Transfers between Level 1 and 2 
There were no transfers in either direction in 2013 and 2014. 

Financial risk management 
In the course of its normal business, the Group is exposed to 
following risks:
 ■ Credit risk
 ■ Liquidity risk 
 ■ Market risk (Tanker market risk, intrest rate risk and 

 currency risk) 

Credit risk 
Trade and other receivables 
The  Group  has  no  formal  credit  policy.  Credit  evaluations  - 
when necessary - are performed on an ongoing basis. At the 
balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations 
of credit risk. In particular, the sole client representing 11% 
of the Tankers segment’s total revenue in 2014 (see Note 1) 
only represented 3% of the total trade and other receivables 
at 31 December 2014 (2013: 0.48%). The maximum exposure 
to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each 
financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, in 
the balance sheet.

The ageing of trade and other receivables is as follows: 

(in thousands of USD)

Not past due 

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-365 days

More than one year

TOTAL TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

For the ageing of the non-current receivables we refer to Note 9.    

2014
177,061

3,301

13,608

761

194,731

2013
93,589

872

1,243

209

95,913

Past  due  amounts  are  not  impaired  as  collection  is  still 
 considered  to  be  likely  and  management  is  confident  the 
outstanding  amounts  can  be  recovered.  As  at  31  December 
2014 46.15% of the total trade and other receivables relate to TI 
Pool which are paid after completion of the voyages but which 
only deals with oil majors, national oil companies and other 
actors of the oil industry whose credit worthiness is very high. 
Amounts not past due are also with customers with very high 
credit worthiness and are therefore not impaired. 

Cash and cash equivalents  
The Group held cash and cash equivalents of USD 254.1 million 
at 31 December 2014 (2013: USD 74.3 million). The cash and 

cash equivalents are held with bank and financial institution 
counterparties,  which  are  rated  A-  to  AA+,  based  on  rating 
agency S&P (see Note 11). 

Derivatives 
The derivatives are entered into with banks and financial institu-
tion counterparties, which are rated A- to AA+, based on rating 
agency S&P.

Guarantees 
The Group’s policy is to provide financial guarantees only for 
subsidiaries and joint ventures. At 31 December 2014, the Group 
has issued a guarantee to certain banks in respect of credit 
facilities granted to 6 joint ventures (see Note 24). 

119

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet 
its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach 
to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will 
always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, 
under  both  normal  and  stressed  conditions,  without  incur-
ring  unacceptable  losses  or  risking  damage  to  the  Group’s  

reputation. Despite the crisis on the financial markets since the 
summer of 2008, the liquidity risk of the Group remains under 
control. The sources of finance have been diversified with the 
first issuance of a convertible Note in September 2009 and the 
bulk of the loans are irrevocable, long-term and maturities are 
spread over different years.  

The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities: 

(in thousands of USD)

Note Carrying Amount

Total

Less than 
1 year

Between 1 
and 5 years

More than 
5 years

Contractual cash flows 31 December 2013, restated*

Non derivative financial liabilities
Bank loans
Convertible Notes
Current trade and other payables
Non-current other payables

Derivative financial liabilities
Interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

in thousands of USD

Non derivative financial liabilities
Bank loans
Convertible and other Notes
Current trade and other payables
Non-current other payables

Derivative financial liabilities
Interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

14
14
17
15

15
15

14
14
17
15

15
15

847,763
125,822
107,094
30,000

938,569
165,193
107,094
30,000

147,882
8,730
107,094
- 

790,687
156,463
- 
30,000

1,110,679

1,240,856

263,706

977,150

1,291
- 

1,291

1,442
- 

1,442

1,442
- 

1,442

-
-

-

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

Contractual cash flows 31 December 2014

Carrying Amount

Total

Less than 
1 year

Between 1 
and 5 years

More than 
5 years

1,234,329
254,497
125,555
- 

1,379,638
300,933
125,555
- 

185,372
43,358
125,555
- 

815,364
257,575
- 
- 

378,902
- 
- 
- 

1,614,381

1,806,126

354,285

1,072,939

378,902

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

120

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

As  disclosed  in  Note  14,  the  Group  has  secured  bank  loans 
that contain loan covenants. A future breach of covenant may 
require the Group to repay the loan earlier than indicated in 
the  above  table.  The  interest  payments  on  variable  interest 
rate loans in the table above reflect market forward interest 
rates at the reporting date and these amounts may change as 
market interest rate change. The future cash flows on derivative 

instruments may be different from the amount in the above 
table as interest rates and exchange rates change. Except for 
these financial liabilities, it is not expected that the cash flows 
included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, 
or at significantly different amounts. On 19 February 2015, the 
Group exercised its option to redeem the USD 235.5 million 
7-year bond at par.

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Interest swaps 
with hedge 
 accounting

Interest swaps 
with no hedge 
accounting

Forward 
exchange 
 contracts used 
for hedging

Dirty value
Accrued Intrest

CLEAN VALUE AT 1 JANUARY 2013, 
RESTATED *

Effective portion recognised directly in OCI

Ineffective portion recognised in profit 
or loss

Dirty value
Accrued Intrest

CLEAN VALUE AT 31 DECEMBER 
2013, RESTATED *

Dirty value
Accrued Intrest

CLEAN VALUE AT 1 JANUARY 2014

Effective portion recognised directly in OCI

Ineffective portion recognised in profit 
or loss

Dirty value
Accrued Intrest

CLEAN VALUE AT 31 DECEMBER 
2014

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

15

- 
- 

15

- 

- 

- 
- 

15

(6,882)
161

(6,721)

5,430

- 

(1,443)
152

(1,291)

(1,443)
152

(1,291)

1,291

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(154)
- 

(154)

- 

154

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

TOTAL

(7,036)
161

(6,875)

5,430

154

(1,443)
152

(1,291)

(1,443)
152

(1,291)

1,291

- 

- 
- 

- 

Market risk
Tanker market risk
The Spot Tanker freight market is a highly volatile global market 
and the Group cannot predict what the market will be. In order 
to manage the risk associated to this volatility, the Group has 
adopted a balanced strategy of operating part of its fleet on 
the spot market and the other part under fixed time charter 
contract. The proportion of vessels operated on the spot will 
vary according to the many factors affecting both the spot and 
fixed time charter contract markets. 

Every increase (decrease) of 1,000 USD on a Spot tanker freight 
market  (VLCC  and  Suezmax)per  day  would  have  increased 
(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below: 
(effect in thousands of USD):

2014
Profit or loss

2013
Profit or loss

1,000 USD
increase

1,000 USD
increase

1,000 USD
increase

1,000 USD
increase

9,941

(9,941)

6,836

(6,836)

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

121

Financial reportNote 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

Interest rate risk
In the past the Group hedged part of its exposure to changes 
in interest rates on borrowings. All borrowings contracted for 
the financing of vessels are on the basis of a floating interest 
rate, increased by a margin. On a regular basis the Group uses 
various interest rate related derivatives (IRS, caps and floors) to 
achieve an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate exposure 
as defined by the Group. On 31 December 2014, the Group has 
no such instruments in place.

have been recognised in equity and the ineffective portion has 
been  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  These  IRS  had  a  duration 
of 5 years matching the repayment profile of that facility and 
matured in April 2014 and as a consequence the fair value of 
these instruments at 31 December 2014 amounted to USD 0 
(2013: USD -1,291,121).

The  senior  unsecured  convertible  Notes  of  USD  25  million, 
were issued at a fixed rate of 6.5% per annum. 

The Group, in connection to the USD 300 million facility raised 
in April 2009 also entered in several Interest Rate Swap instru-
ments for a combined notional value of USD 300 million. These 
IRSs have been used to hedge the risk related to any fluctuation 
of the Libor rate and qualify for hedging instruments in a cash 
flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. These instruments have 
been measured at their fair value; effective changes in fair value 

The USD 235.5 million 7-year bonds were issued at 85 per cent 
of their principal amount and bear interest at a rate of 5.95% 
per annum for the first year, payable semi-annually in arrears. 
The interest rate will increase to 8.5% per annum for the second 
and third year and will increase again to 10.20% per annum 
from year four until maturity. The bonds were redeemed on 
19 February 2015 at par. 

At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial liabilities was: 

(in thousands of EUR)

Fixed rate instruments
Financial assets 
Financial liabilities 

Variable rate instruments
Financial liabilities 

Carrying amount

2014

- 
254,497

254,497

1,234,329

1,234,329

2013
Restated*

- 
125,822

125,822

847,763

847,763

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets 
and  liabilities  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  and  the 
Group does not designate derivatives (interest rate swaps) as 
hedging instruments under a fair value hedge accounting model. 
Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would 
not affect profit or loss nor equity. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments
A change of 50 basis points in interest rates at the reporting 
date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss 
by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all 
other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain 
constant.  

(effect in thousands of USD)

31 December 2013, restated *

Variable rate instruments

Interest rate swaps

Cash flow sensitivity (net)

31 December 2014

Variable rate instruments 

Interest rate swaps

Cash flow sensitivity (net)

Profit or loss

Equity

50 bp
increase

50 bp
decrease

50 bp
increase

50 bp
decrease

(4,382)

- 

(4,382)

(4,257)

- 

(4,257)

4,382

- 

4,382

4,257

- 

4,257

- 

264

264

- 

- 

- 

- 

(11)

(11)

- 

- 

- 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  

122

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks (continued)

Currency risk 
The Group’s exposure to currency risk is related to its operating 
expenses expressed in Euros. In 2014 about 13.5% (2013: 18.3%) 

of the Group’s total operating expenses were incurred in Euros. 
Revenue and the financial instruments are expressed in USD 
only.

(in thousands of EUR/USD)

Trade payables

Operating expenses

NET EXPOSURE

31 December 2014

EUR

USD

31 December 2013
Restated*
USD

EUR

(8,646)

(13,198)

(65,691)

(421,300)

(11,227)

(67,985)

(21,129)

(302,879)

(74,337)

(434,498)

(79,212)

(324,008)

For the average and closing rates applied during the year, we refer to Note 26.

Sensitivity analysis 
A 10 percent strengthening of the EUR against the USD at 31 December would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or 
loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant.

(in thousands of USD)

Equity 

Profit or loss

2014

662

(9,124)

2013
Restated*

74

(8,179)

Master netting or similar agreements 
The Group enters into derivative transactions under International 
Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agree-
ments. In general, under such agreements the amounts owned 
by each counterparty on a single day in respect of all trans-
actions outstanding in the same currency are aggregated into 
a single net amount that is payable by one party to the other.

Capital management
Euronav is continuously optimising its capital structure (mix 
between  debt  and  equity).  The  main  objective  is  to  maxi-
mise shareholder value while keeping the desired financial 

flexibility  to  execute  the  strategic  projects.  Some  of  the 
Group’s  other  key  drivers  when  making  capital  structure 
decisions are pay-out restrictions and the maintenance of 
the strong financial health of the Group. Besides the statu-
tory minimum equity funding requirements that apply to the 
Group’s subsidiaries in the various countries, the Group is 
also subject to covenants in relation to some of its senior 
secured credit facilities: the ratio of stockholders’ Equity to 
total assets should be no less than 30% and has been met 
at year end. When analysing the Group’s capital structure, 
the same debt/equity classification as applied in the IFRS 
reporting is used.  

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  

123

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 - Operating leases

Leases as lessee 
Future minimum lease payments 
The Group leases in some of its vessels under time charter and bare boat agreements (operating leases). The future minimum 
lease payments with an average duration of 11 months under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 5 years

More than 5 years

TOTAL FUTURE LEASE PAYMENTS

31 December 
2014

31 December 
2013

(16,036)

(6,110)

- 

(22,146)

(11,812)

(914)

- 

(12,726)

On some of the abovementioned vessels the Group has the option to extend the charter period. These option periods have not 
been taken into account when calculating the future minimum lease payments.  

The increase in future minimum lease payments versus the prior year relates to two additional time charter contracts, of which 
one relating to a Suezmax and one relating to a VLCC. 

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals for office space with an average duration of 5 years are payable as follows: 

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 5 years

More than 5 years

TOTAL NON-CANCELLABLE OPERATING LEASE RENTALS

Amounts recognised in profit and loss

(in thousands of USD)

Bareboat charter

Time charter

Office rental

TOTAL RECOGNISED IN PROFIT AND LOSS

31 December 
2014

31 December 
2013

(2,439)

(8,174)

(4,233)

(14,846)

2014

(3,584)

(32,080)

(1,579)

(37,243)

(1,135)

(3,113)

(643)

(4,891)

2013

(3,002)

(18,029)

(1,141)

(22,172)

124

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 - Operating leases (continued)

Leases as lessor 
The Group leases out some of its vessels under time charter agreements (operating leases). The future minimum lease receivables 
with an average duration of 1 year and 1 month under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

Future minimum lease receivables 

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 5 years

More than 5 years

TOTAL FUTURE LEASE RECEIVABLES

31 December 
2014

31 December 
2013

136,304

154,842

- 

291,146

79,686

15,929

- 

95,615

On some of the abovementioned vessels the Group has granted the option to extend the charter period. These option periods 
have not been taken into account when calculating the future minimum lease receivables. 

Amounts recognised in profit and loss

(in thousands of USD)

Bareboat charter

Time charter

TOTAL AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN PROFIT AND LOSS

2014

- 

132,118

132,118

2013

- 

133,396

133,396

Non-cancellable operating  lease rentals  for  office space with an average duration of 8 years and 3 months are receivable as 
follows:   

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year

Between 1 and 5 years

More than 5 years

TOTAL NON-CANCELLABLE OPERATING LEASE RENTALS

31 December 
2014

31 December 
2013

837

3,349

2,791

6,977

- 

- 

- 

- 

The above operating lease rentals receivable relate entirely to the Group's leased offices for Euronav UK.  

Euronav UK has sublet part of the office space to three different subtenants, starting in 2014.   

Note 20 - Provisions & Contingencies

The Group is involved in a number of disputes in connection with its day-to-day activities, both as claimant and defendant. Such 
disputes and the associated expenses of legal representation are covered by insurance. Moreover, they are not of a magnitude 
that lies outside the ordinary, and their scope is not of such a nature that they could jeopardise the Group’s financial position. 

125

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21 - Related parties

Identity of related parties 
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see Note 23) and equity-accounted investees (see Note 24) 
and with its directors and executive officers (see Note 22). 

Transactions with key management personnel   

The total amount of the remuneration paid to all non-executive directors for their services as members of the Board and commit-
tees (if applicable) is as follows: 

(in thousands of EUR)

TOTAL REMUNERATION

2014

1,401

2013

1,189

The nominating and remuneration committee annually reviews the remuneration of the members of the executive committee. 
The remuneration (excluding the CEO) consists of a fixed and a variable component and can be summarised as follows: 

(in thousands of EUR)

TOTAL FIXED REMUNERATION

of which

Cost of pension

Other benefits

TOTAL VARIABLE REMUNERATION

2014

1,068

32

55

734

2013

953

32

51

700

All amounts mentioned refer to the executive committee in its official composition throughout 2014. 
The remuneration of the CEO can be summarised as follows: 

(in thousands of GBP)

TOTAL FIXED REMUNERATION

of which

Cost of pension

Other benefits

TOTAL VARIABLE REMUNERATION

2014

2013

375

13

11

295

345

50

11

268

Within  the  framework  of  a  stock  option  plan,  the  Board  of 
Directors  has  granted  on  December  16,  2013  options  on  its 
1,750,000  treasury  shares  to  the  members  of  the  executive 
committee for no consideration. 525,000 options were granted 
to  the  CEO  and  1,225,000  options  were  granted  to  the  other 
members of the executive committee. The exercise price of the 
options is EUR 5.7705. All of the beneficiaries have accepted 

the options granted to them. At the date of this report 2/3 of the 
options have vested and 1/3 will vest only if certain conditions 
(stock price and business related) are met. A maximum of fifty 
per cent of the options will be exercisable at the latest as from 
1 January 2015. The other fifty per cent of the options can be 
exercised as from 1 January 2016 (see Note 22) . 

126

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21 - Related parties (continued)

Relationship with CMB 
In 2004, Euronav split from Compagnie Maritime Belge (CMB) 
and currently both have Saverco as a reference shareholder. 
CMB renders some administrative and general services on an 
at arms’ length basis. In 2014 CMB invoiced a total amount of 
USD 17,745 (2013: USD 61,895).  

25  September  2014,  with  Tankers  (UK)  Agencies  Limited,  a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Tankers International LLC, of which 
the Group owns 40 per cent of the outstanding interests, which 
is on arms’-length terms. Under this sublease, the Company 
received in 2014 a rent of USD $88,738 (2013:0). This sublease 
expires on 27 April 2023.

Relationship with Saverco 
Saverco,  a  reference  shareholder  of  Euronav,  has  rendered 
travel services on an at arms’ length basis to Euronav on a 
transactional basis. In 2014, Saverco invoiced a total amount 
of USD 15,828 (2013: USD 25,533).  

Relationship with Chartwell Management Inc. 
Chartwell Management Inc. and Euronav both have Ceres as 
reference shareholder. Chartwell Management Inc. rendered 
general services on an at arms’ length basis. In 2014, Chartwell 
Management Inc. invoiced a total amount of EUR 0 (2013: EUR 
40,603). It is management’s expectation that the services of 
Chartwell Management Inc. no longer will be required as of 
2015. 

Properties 
The Group leases office space in Belgium from Reslea NV, an 
entity controlled by Saverco, one of our majority shareholders, 
on an arms’ length basis. Under this lease, the Group paid an 
annual rent of $207,738 in 2014 (2013: $199,032). This lease 
expires on 31 August 2021.

The Group leases office space, through our subsidiary Euronav 
Ship Management Hellas, in Piraeus, Greece, from Nea Dimitra 
Ktimatiki  Kai  Emporik  S.A.,  an  entity  controlled  by  Ceres 
Shipping, on an arms’-length basis. Mr. Livanos, a member of 
our Board acting as permanent representative of TankLog, is 
the Chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping. Under 
this lease, the Group paid an annual rent of $198,822 in 2014 
(2013: $188,040). This lease expires on 31 May 2018. 

The Group subleases office space in its new London, United 
Kingdom office, through its subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies 
Limited, pursuant to sublease agreements, dated 25 September 
2014, with GasLog Services UK Limited and Unisea Maritime 
Limited,  both  parties  related  to  Peter  Livanos,  which  is  on 
arms’-length  terms.  Under  these  subleases,  the  Company 
received in 2014 a rent of USD $169,052 (2013: 0). This sublease 
expires on 27 April 2023.

The Company also subleases office space in its new London, 
United  Kingdom  office,  through  its  subsidiary  Euronav  (UK) 
Agencies Limited, pursuant to a sublease agreement, dated 

Registration Rights
On 28 January 2015 the Group entered into a registration rights 
agreement with companies affiliated with our Chairman, Peter 
Livanos,  or  the  Ceres  Shareholders,  and  companies  affili-
ated  with  our  Vice  Chairman,  Marc  Saverys,  or  the  Saverco 
Shareholders. 

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, each of the Ceres 
Shareholders as a group and the Saverco Shareholders as a 
group will have the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, 
to require us, on one occasion each beginning 90 days following 
the closing of the US IPO and ending 12 calendar months after 
our ordinary shares have been registered in the US, to cause us 
to register under the US Securities Act our ordinary shares held 
by them for offer and sale to the public, including by way of an 
underwritten public offering. Each of the Ceres Shareholders 
as a group and the Saverco Shareholders as a group will be able 
to piggyback on the others’ demand registration. The Ceres 
Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders are only treated 
as having made their request if the registration statement for 
such shareholder group’s shares is declared effective. Once 
we are eligible to do so, commencing 12 calendar months after 
the Ordinary Shares have been registered under the Exchange 
Act, the Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders 
may require us to file shelf registration statements permitting 
sales by them of ordinary shares into the market from time to 
time over an extended period. The Ceres Shareholders and the 
Saverco Shareholders can also exercise piggyback registration 
rights to participate in certain registrations of ordinary shares 
by  us.  All  expenses  relating  to  the  registrations,  including 
the  participation  of  our  executive  management  team  in  two 
marketed roadshows and a reasonable number of marketing 
calls in connection with one-day or overnight transactions, will 
be borne by us. The registration rights agreement also contains 
provisions relating to indemnification and contribution. There 
are no specified financial remedies for non-compliance with 
the registration rights agreement. 

Transactions with subsidiaries and joint ventures
On 15 March 2013, the Group sold the Suezmax Cap Isabella 
(2013 – 157,258 dwt) to Belle Shipholdings Ltd. Peter Livanos, 
at that time the vice-chairman of the Board of Directors of the 
Group directly or indirectly holds an important participation 

127

Financial report 
 
 
Note 21 - Related parties (continued)

in Belle Shipholdings Ltd. Peter Livanos, as the permanent 
representative  of  Tanklog  Holdings  Ltd.,  notified  Euronav’s 
Board of Directors which met on 14 March 2013, that pursuant 
to the provisions of the Belgian Code of Companies relating 
to  the  existence  of  conflicts  of  interest,  he  had  a  direct  or 
indirect patrimonial interest that conflicts with the interests 
of the Company in respect of this sale and therefore, did not 
participate in the deliberation or the vote that authorised the 
Group to sell the Cap Isabella on the basis of current market 
values. 

The  Cap  Isabella  was  a  newbuilding  from  Samsung  Heavy 
Industries. The Group chartered the ship back on bareboat for 
a fixed period of 2 years with 3 options in favour of the charterer 
to extend for a further year. In case of a sale by the new owner 
during the bareboat charter contract the Group would also 
share in any surplus if the vessel value exceeded a certain 
threshold. The net selling price of the vessel was USD 52.9 

million (see Note 7). On 31 July 2014, the Cap Isabella was in 
its turn sold by its owner, Belle Shipholdings Ltd., a company 
related to Euronav, to a third-party and was delivered to its 
new owner on 8 October 2014. As the original sale and lease 
back agreement between the Group and Belle Shipholdings 
Ltd. included a profit sharing mechanism for a future sale, a 
capital gain on disposal of assets was recorded in the fourth 
quarter of 2014 for a total amount of USD 4.3 million.

The  Group  has  supplied  funds  in  the  form  of  shareholder’s 
advances to some of its joint ventures at pre-agreed conditions 
which are always similar for the other party involved in the joint 
venture in question (see below and Note 24).

Balances and transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries 
have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed 
in this note. Details of outstanding balances and transactions 
between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed below:

(in thousands of USD) 

Trade receivables

Trade payables

Shareholders Loan

Turnover Dividend Income

TI Africa Ltd.

TI Asia Ltd.

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd.

Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd.

Larvotto Shipholding Ltd.

Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd.

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd.

Kingswood Co. Ltd.

31 DECEMBER 2014

577

325

150

1,906

192

205

- 

- 

- 

- 

336

150

323

342

- 

- 

172,055

93,337

26,416

27,792

24,191

19,623

- 

- 

302

361

556

522

565

587

- 

- 

3,355

1,151

363,414

2,893

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9,410

- 

9,410

(in thousands of USD )

Trade receivables

Trade payables

Shareholders Loan

Turnover Dividend Income

TI Africa Ltd.

TI Asia Ltd.

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd.

Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd.

Larvotto Shipholding Ltd.

Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd.

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd.

Kingswood Co. Ltd.

31 DECEMBER 2013

37

565

871

1,071

507

21

- 

- 

- 

- 

296

453

280

236

- 

- 

172,055

123,337

25,366

25,992

23,528

20,194

2,450

- 

- 

361

544

499

542

512

- 

- 

3,072

1,265

392,922

2,458

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Guarantees 
The Group has provided guarantees to financial institutions 
that have provided credit facilities to its joint ventures. As of 
31 December 2014 USD 319.8 million (2013: USD 412.4 million) 

was  outstanding  under  the  joint  venture  loan  agreements, 
of which the Group has guaranteed USD 159.9 million (2013: 
USD 206.2 million) (see Note 24).

128

EURONAV 
 
 
 
Note 22 - Share-based Payment arrangements

Description of share-based payment arrangements:
At 31 December 2014, the Group had the following share-based 
payment arrangements:

holders of vested options are entitled to purchase shares at 
the market price of the shares at the grant date. Currently 
this programme is limited to key management personnel.

Share option programmes (Equity-settled)
On 16 December 2013, the Group established a share option 
programme  that  entitles  key  management  personnel  to 
purchase existing shares in the Company. Under the program, 

The  Group  intends  to  use  its  treasury  shares  to  settle  its 
obligations under this program.
The  key  terms  and  conditions  related  to  the  grants  under 
these programs are as follows:

Grant date/employees entitled

Options granted to key management  
personnel

16 December 2013 (“Tranche 1”)

16 December 2013 (“Tranche 2”)

16 December 2013 (“Tranche 3”)

Number of 
instruments 

583,000

583,000

583,000

TOTAL SHARE OPTIONS

1,750,000

Vesting Conditions

Contractual life of 
Options

Share price to be at least EUR 7,5

Share price to be at least EUR 8,66

Share price to be at least EUR 11,54 and US listing

5 years

5 years

5 years

In  addition,  50%  of  the  options  can  only  be  exercised  at  the 
earliest if the shares of the Group are admitted for listing in a 
recognised US listing exchange platform (the "listing event"). 
The other 50% can only be exercised one year after the listing 

event. If the shares are not listed on a US listing exchange, then 
only 2/3 of the shares will be exercisable and will have to meet 
the first 2 vesting conditions listed above.   

129

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
Note 22 - Share-based Payment arrangements (continued)

Measurement of Fair Value
The fair value of the employee share options has been measured 
using  the  Black-Scholes  formula.  Service  and  non-market 
performance  conditions  attached  to  the  transactions  were 
not taken into account in measuring fair value.   

The  inputs  used  in  measurement  of  the  fair  values  at  grant 
date for the equity-settled share-based payments plan were as 
follows:   

Share option programs

(Figures in EUR)

Fair value at grant date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected volatility (weighted average)

Expected life (Days) (weighted average)

Expected dividends

Risk-free interest rate

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

2013

2.270

6.070

5.770

40%

303

- 

1%

2.260

6.070

5.770

40%

467

- 

1%

2.120

6.070

5.770

40%

730

- 

1%

Expected  volatility  has  been  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the 
historical volatility of the Company’s share price, particularly 
over the historical periods commensurate with the expected 
term. The expected term of the instruments has been based 
on historical experience and general option holder behaviour 
using a Monte Carlo simulation. 

Expenses recognised in profit or loss 
For details on related employee benefits expense see Note 4. 

Reconciliation of outstanding share options
The number and weighted-average exercise prices of options 
under the share option programs are as follows: 

(Figures in EUR)

Outstanding at 1 January

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31

Vested at 31 December

Number of options 
2014

Weighted average 
exercise price 2014

Number of options 
2013

Weighted average 
exercise price 2013

1,750,000

5.770

- 

- 

- 

1,750,000

1,166,167

- 

- 

- 

5.770

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,750,000

1,750,000

- 

- 

- 

- 

5.770

5.770

- 

130

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 23 - Group entities

Country of 
incorporation

Consolidation 
method

Ownership interest

31 December 2014

31 December 2013

Parent

Euronav NV

Subsidiaries

Euronav Tankers NV

Euronav Shipping NV

Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited

Belgium

Belgium

Belgium

UK

Euronav Luxembourg SA

Luxembourg

Euronav sas

Euronav Ship Management sas

Euronav Ship Management Ltd.
Euronav Ship Management Hellas 
(branch office)
Euronav Hong Kong
Euro-Ocean Shipmanagement (Cy-
prus) Ltd.

Joint ventures

Africa Conversion Corp.

Asia Conversion Corp. 

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd.

Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd.

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd.

France

France

Liberia

Hong Kong

Cyprus

Marshall Islands

Marshall Islands

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Kingswood Co. Ltd.

Marshall Islands

Larvotto Shipholding Ltd.

Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd.

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Seven Seas Shipping Ltd.

Marshall Islands

TI Africa Ltd.

TI Asia Ltd.

Associates

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Tankers International LLC

VLCC Chartering Ltd.

Marshall Islands

Marshall Islands

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

full 

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

equity

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

40.00%

20.00%

NA

NA

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

40.00%

NA

Although the Group has an economic interest in Tankers International LLC of 74.20 per cent (2013: 41.10 per cent), which is 
based on the percentage of owned vessels participating in the Tankers International Pool, the Group has no majority of voting 
rights as this is based on the actual shares owned by the Group which is only 40 per cent. Therefore Tankers International LLC 
is accounted for as an associate. 

131

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24 - Equity-accounted investees

(in thousands of USD)

Assets

Interest in joint ventures

Interest in associates

TOTAL ASSETS

Liabilities *

Interest in joint ventures

Interest in associates

TOTAL LIABILITIES

2014

16,305

1,027

17,332

(5,880)

- 

(5,880)

* Some of our joint ventures currently have negative equity for which the Group is a guarantor and is therefore shown as a liability.

Associates

(in thousands of USD)

Carrying amount of interest at the beginning of the year

Group’s share of profit (loss) for the period

Group’s share of other comprehensive income

Carrying amount of interest at the end of the year

The Group distinguishes the following associates: 

Associate 

Segment 

Description

2014
409

618

- 

1,027

2013
Restated*

22,705

409

23,114

(5,880)

- 

(5,880)

2013
- 

409

- 

409

Tankers International LLC Tankers

VLCC Chartering Ltd.

Tankers

The manager of the Tankers International Pool who commercially manages the 
majority of the Group’s VLCCs

Chartering joint venture that has the combined access to the combined fleets of 
Frontline and Tankers International Pool

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  

132

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24 - Equity-accounted investees (continued)

(in thousands of USD)

Asset

Liability

Investments in 
equity accounted 
investees

Shareholders 
loans

Investments in 
equity accounted
investees

Shareholders 
loans

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2013*

Group’s share of profit (loss) for the period
Group’s share of other comprehensive income
Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures
Dividends received from joint ventures
Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2013* 

Group’s share of profit (loss) for the period
Group’s share of other comprehensive income
Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures
Dividends received from joint ventures
Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2014

(134,223)
155,297

21,074

17,444
3,077
3,000
- 
- 

(110,702)
133,406

22,704

29,668
2,106
(1,000)
(9,410)
- 

(89,338)
105,643

16,305

381,447
(155,297)

226,150

- 
- 
- 
- 
11,475

392,922
(133,406)

259,516

- 
- 
- 
- 
(29,508)

363,414
(105,643)

257,771

(5,880)
- 

(5,880)

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(5,880)
- 

(5,880)

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(5,880)
- 

(5,880)

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  

As  the  shipping  market  and  the  corresponding  revenues  are 
volatile, the Group has opted to give long-term shareholders loans 
to some of its equity-accounted investees, rather than increasing 
the capital in these companies. Over the last couple of years these 
joint ventures have made losses which resulted in a negative 

equity. As the Group is also a guarantor for these joint ventures 
and the shareholders loans can not be recalled within one year, 
the negative equity is offset with these shareholders loans. For 
more details, we refer to the table summarising the financial 
information of the Groups’ joint ventures further below. 

The Group distinguishes the following joint ventures: 

Joint venture
Great Hope Enterprises Ltd.
Kingswood Co. Ltd.
Seven Seas Shipping Ltd.
Fiorano Shipholding Ltd.
Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd.
Larvotto Shipholding Ltd.
Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd.
Front Tobago Inc.
TI Africa Ltd.
TI Asia Ltd.
Africa Conversion Corp.
Asia Conversion Corp.

Segment
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
FSO
FSO
FSO
FSO

Description
Single ship company, owner of 1 VLCC
Holding company; parent of Seven Seas Shipping Ltd.
Single ship company, owner of 1 VLCC
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax
No operating activities, liquidated in 2013.
Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Africa)*
Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Asia)*
No operating activities, intention to liquidate
No operating activities, intention to liquidate

* Both FSO Asia and FSO Africa are on a timecharter contract to Maersk Oil Qatar (MOQ) until respectively mid 2017 and mid 2017, 2018 or 2019 

 depending on the lifting of the options on the FSO Africa. 

133

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24 - Equity-accounted investees (continued)

The following table contains summarised financial information for all of the Group's joint ventures: 

Asset

(in thousands of USD)

At 31 December 2013*
Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets
of which Vessel

Current Assets

of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

NET ASSETS (100%)

Group’s share of net assets

Shareholders loans to joint venture

NET CARRYING AMOUNT OF INTEREST 
IN JOINT VENTURE

REMAINING SHAREHOLDERS LOAN 
TO JOINT VENTURE

Revenue

Depreciations and amortisation

Interest Expense

Income tax expense

Profit (loss) for the period (100%)

Other comprehensive income (100%)

GROUP’S SHARE OF PROFIT (LOSS) 
FOR THE PERIOD

GROUP’S SHARE OF OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Great Hope 
Enterprises 
Ltd.

Kingswood 
Co. Ltd.

Seven Seas 
Shipping 
Ltd.

Fiorano 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Fontvieille 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Larvotto 

Moneghetti 

Shipholding 

Shipholding 

Ltd.

Ltd.

TI Africa

 Ltd.

TI Asia

 Ltd.

Total

 Conversion 

 Conversion 

Total

50%

- 
- 

40,494

240

4,645

- 

20,907
19,695

14,942

7,471

2,450

50%

109
- 

898

-

- 

- 

2
- 

50%

38,146
38,146

6,785

2,040

10,942

10,833

4,528
4,333

50%

87,735
87,735

6,063

729

97,044

36,313

7,209
4,250

50%

73,463
73,463

5,913

1,223

90,455

38,470

6,507
4,000

50%

82,376

82,376

6,083

1,685

94,139

37,082

6,540

3,970

50%

78,020

78,020

9,173

2,764

92,137

51,750

8,280

5,000

50%

247,797

244,448

54,300

38,795

368,919

13,543

76,556

25,000

50%

240,477

236,317

107,297

45,406

389,167

131,646

28,555

26,103

848,123

840,505

237,006

92,882

1,147,448

319,637

159,084

92,351

1,005

29,461

(10,455)

(17,586)

(12,220)

(13,224)

(143,378)

(69,948)

(221,403)

(6,880)

(4,880)

(11,760)

503

14,731

(5,228)

(8,793)

(6,110)

(6,612)

(71,689)

(34,974)

(110,701)

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

- 

- 

25,366

25,992

23,528

20,194

172,055

123,337

392,922

7,471

503

14,731

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

22,705

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

2,450

5,477

(2,738)

(730)

- 

(1,059)

- 

(530)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4

- 

2

- 

- 

20,138

17,199

17,418

13,582

100,366

88,363

259,516

6,572

(3,360)

(232)

- 

(1,686)

- 

(843)

15,181

(4,852)

(1,166)

- 

12,551

(4,561)

(1,506)

- 

(3,019)

(5,861)

- 

- 

(1,510)

(2,931)

- 

- 

- 

3,077

3,077

14,007

(4,571)

(1,376)

13,998

(4,586)

(1,958)

63,849

(18,209)

(1,087)

(4,818)

(5,038)

31,321

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

63,548

(17,933)

(8,720)

- 

25,045

6,154

195,183

(60,810)

(16,775)

- 

34,889

6,154

(2,409)

(2,519)

15,661

12,523

17,444

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements.  

Liability

Africa 

Corp.

Asia 

Corp.

50%

50%

6,880

4,880

11,760

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

134

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of USD)

At 31 December 2013*

Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets

of which Vessel

Current Assets

of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

NET ASSETS (100%)

NET CARRYING AMOUNT OF INTEREST 

IN JOINT VENTURE

REMAINING SHAREHOLDERS LOAN 

TO JOINT VENTURE

Revenue

Depreciations and amortisation

Interest Expense

Income tax expense

Profit (loss) for the period (100%)

Other comprehensive income (100%)

GROUP’S SHARE OF PROFIT (LOSS) 

FOR THE PERIOD

GROUP’S SHARE OF OTHER 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Ltd.

50%

- 

- 

- 

40,494

240

4,645

20,907

19,695

14,942

7,471

2,450

2,450

5,477

(2,738)

(730)

(1,059)

(530)

- 

- 

- 

50%

109

898

- 

-

- 

- 

2

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4

- 

2

- 

Asset

Liability

Great Hope 

Enterprises 

Kingswood 

Co. Ltd.

Seven Seas 

Fiorano 

Fontvieille 

Shipping 

Shipholding 

Shipholding 

Ltd.

Ltd.

Ltd.

Larvotto 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Moneghetti 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

TI Africa
 Ltd.

TI Asia
 Ltd.

Total

Africa 
 Conversion 
Corp.

Asia 
 Conversion 
Corp.

Total

50%

38,146

38,146

6,785

2,040

10,942

10,833

4,528

4,333

50%

87,735

87,735

6,063

729

97,044

36,313

7,209

4,250

50%

73,463

73,463

5,913

1,223

90,455

38,470

6,507

4,000

50%

82,376
82,376

6,083

1,685

94,139

37,082

6,540
3,970

50%

78,020
78,020

9,173

2,764

92,137

51,750

8,280
5,000

50%

247,797
244,448

54,300

38,795

368,919

13,543

76,556
25,000

50%

240,477
236,317

107,297

45,406

389,167

131,646

28,555
26,103

848,123
840,505

237,006

92,882

1,147,448

319,637

159,084
92,351

50%

50%

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,880
- 

4,880
- 

11,760
- 

1,005

29,461

(10,455)

(17,586)

(12,220)

(13,224)

(143,378)

(69,948)

(221,403)

(6,880)

(4,880)

(11,760)

Group’s share of net assets

503

14,731

(5,228)

(8,793)

(6,110)

(6,612)

(71,689)

(34,974)

(110,701)

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

Shareholders loans to joint venture

- 

25,366

25,992

23,528

20,194

172,055

123,337

392,922

- 

- 

- 

7,471

503

14,731

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

22,705

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

- 

20,138

17,199

17,418

13,582

100,366

88,363

259,516

6,572

(3,360)

(232)

15,181

(4,852)

(1,166)

12,551

(4,561)

(1,506)

(1,686)

(3,019)

(5,861)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

14,007

(4,571)

(1,376)

- 

13,998

(4,586)

(1,958)

- 

(4,818)

(5,038)

- 

- 

63,849

(18,209)

(1,087)

- 

31,321

- 

63,548

(17,933)

(8,720)

- 

25,045

6,154

195,183

(60,810)

(16,775)

- 

34,889

6,154

(843)

(1,510)

(2,931)

(2,409)

(2,519)

15,661

12,523

17,444

- 

- 

- 

3,077

3,077

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

135

Financial reportNote 24 - Equity-accounted investees (continued)

(in thousands of USD)

At 31 December 2014

Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets
of which Vessel

Current Assets

of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

NET ASSETS (100%)

Group’s share of net assets

Shareholders loans to joint venture

NET CARRYING AMOUNT OF INTEREST 
IN JOINT VENTURE

REMAINING SHAREHOLDERS LOAN TO 
JOINT VENTURE

Revenue

Depreciations and amortisation

Interest Expense

Income tax expense

Profit (loss) for the period (100%)

Other comprehensive income (100%)

GROUP’S SHARE OF PROFIT (LOSS) 
FOR THE PERIOD

GROUP’S SHARE OF OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Great Hope 
Enterprises 
Ltd.

Kingswood 
Co. Ltd.

Seven Seas 
Shipping 
Ltd.

Fiorano 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Fontvieille 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Larvotto 

Moneghetti 

Shipholding 

Shipholding 

Ltd.

Ltd.

TI Africa

 Ltd.

TI Asia

 Ltd.

50%

- 
- 

763

278

- 

- 

130
- 

633

317

- 

50%

204
- 

810

- 

- 

- 

2
- 

50%

34,786
34,786

7,473

3,245

6,704

6,500

4,591
4,333

50%

82,883
82,883

5,445

711

84,894

32,063

15,341
4,250

50%

70,670
70,670

6,719

1,136

90,054

34,470

7,773
4,000

50%

77,805

77,805

6,087

1,633

81,494

33,113

16,097

3,970

50%

73,433

73,433

3,786

1,218

86,997

47,750

5,251

4,000

50%

231,370

226,239

39,864

22,017

351,057

- 

32,351

13,750

50%

224,460

218,385

64,441

31,098

297,510

104,200

29,426

27,446

795,611

784,201

135,388

61,336

998,710

258,096

110,962

61,749

1,012

30,964

(11,907)

(20,438)

(13,699)

(15,029)

(112,174)

(38,035)

(178,673)

(6,880)

(4,880)

(11,760)

506

15,482

(5,954)

(10,219)

(6,850)

(7,515)

(56,087)

(19,018)

(89,338)

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

- 

- 

26,416

27,792

24,191

19,623

172,055

93,337

363,414

317

506

15,482

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

16,305

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

- 

113

- 

(257)

- 

4,510

- 

2,255

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7

- 

4

- 

- 

20,462

17,573

17,341

12,108

115,968

74,319

257,771

10,228

(3,360)

(162)

- 

3,504

- 

1,752

17,017

(4,852)

(1,093)

- 

(1,453)

- 

(727)

15,706

(4,603)

(1,100)

- 

(2,852)

- 

(1,426)

- 

- 

- 

2,106

2,106

17,092

(4,571)

(1,263)

16,047

(4,586)

(1,469)

62,261

(18,209)

(1,963)

(1,481)

(1,805)

31,204

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

64,096

(17,933)

(7,458)

- 

27,702

4,212

202,560

(58,114)

(14,765)

- 

59,336

4,212

(741)

(903)

15,602

13,851

29,668

Total

 Conversion 

 Conversion 

Total

Africa 

Corp.

Asia 

Corp.

50%

50%

6,880

4,880

11,760

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

Loans and borrowings
In October 2008, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd. concluded a USD 
500 million senior secured credit facility. The facility consists 
of a term loan of USD 180 million which was used to finance 
the  acquisition  of  two  ULCC  vessels,  the  TI  Asia  and  the  TI 
Africa respectively from Euronav and OSG and a project finance 
loan of USD 320 million which has been used to finance the 
conversion of the above mentioned vessels into FSO. Following 
the termination of the original service contract related to the 
FSO Africa and the signature of a new contract for the FSO 
Africa with the same client the Tranche of the facility related to 
FSO Africa was restructured. The tranche related to FSO Asia 
matures in 2017 and has a rate of Libor + a margin of 1.15%. 
After the restructuring the tranche related to FSO Africa was 

maturing in August 2013 with a balloon of USD 45,000,000 and 
had  a  rate  of  Libor  +  a  margin  of  2.25%.  In  2013,  the  Africa 
Tranche was extended until 2015 at which point it will be fully 
repaid  and  the  margin  increased  with  50bps  to  2.75%.  The 
total amount drawn under this facility (Euronav share) on 31 
December 2014 was USD 72,698,234.50.

In  the  course  of  2008,  the  joint  venture  companies,  Fiorano 
Shipholding  Ltd.,  Fontvieille  Shipholding  Ltd.,  Larvotto 
Shipholding Ltd. and Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd. have concluded 
pre and post-delivery senior secured credit facilities to build a 
total of 4 Suezmax Vessels.   

136

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of USD)

At 31 December 2014

Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets

of which Vessel

Current Assets

of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities

Of which bank loans

NET ASSETS (100%)

NET CARRYING AMOUNT OF INTEREST 

IN JOINT VENTURE

REMAINING SHAREHOLDERS LOAN TO 

JOINT VENTURE

Revenue

Depreciations and amortisation

Interest Expense

Income tax expense

Profit (loss) for the period (100%)

Other comprehensive income (100%)

GROUP’S SHARE OF PROFIT (LOSS) 

FOR THE PERIOD

GROUP’S SHARE OF OTHER 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Ltd.

50%

763

278

130

633

317

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

113

(257)

4,510

2,255

50%

204

810

- 

- 

- 

- 

2

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7

- 

4

- 

Great Hope 

Enterprises 

Kingswood 

Co. Ltd.

Seven Seas 

Fiorano 

Fontvieille 

Shipping 

Shipholding 

Shipholding 

Ltd.

Ltd.

Ltd.

Larvotto 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

Moneghetti 
Shipholding 
Ltd.

TI Africa
 Ltd.

TI Asia
 Ltd.

Total

Africa 
 Conversion 
Corp.

Asia 
 Conversion 
Corp.

Total

50%

34,786

34,786

7,473

3,245

6,704

6,500

4,591

4,333

50%

82,883

82,883

5,445

711

84,894

32,063

15,341

4,250

50%

70,670

70,670

6,719

1,136

90,054

34,470

7,773

4,000

50%

77,805
77,805

6,087

1,633

81,494

33,113

16,097
3,970

50%

73,433
73,433

3,786

1,218

86,997

47,750

5,251
4,000

50%

231,370
226,239

39,864

22,017

351,057

- 

32,351
13,750

50%

224,460
218,385

64,441

31,098

297,510

104,200

29,426
27,446

795,611
784,201

135,388

61,336

998,710

258,096

110,962
61,749

50%

50%

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,880
- 

4,880
- 

11,760
- 

1,012

30,964

(11,907)

(20,438)

(13,699)

(15,029)

(112,174)

(38,035)

(178,673)

(6,880)

(4,880)

(11,760)

Group’s share of net assets

506

15,482

(5,954)

(10,219)

(6,850)

(7,515)

(56,087)

(19,018)

(89,338)

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

Shareholders loans to joint venture

- 

26,416

27,792

24,191

19,623

172,055

93,337

363,414

- 

- 

- 

317

506

15,482

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

16,305

(3,440)

(2,440)

(5,880)

- 

20,462

17,573

17,341

12,108

115,968

74,319

257,771

10,228

(3,360)

(162)

17,017

(4,852)

(1,093)

15,706

(4,603)

(1,100)

3,504

(1,453)

(2,852)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

17,092

(4,571)

(1,263)

- 

16,047

(4,586)

(1,469)

- 

(1,481)

(1,805)

- 

62,261

(18,209)

(1,963)

- 

31,204

- 

64,096

(17,933)

(7,458)

- 

27,702

4,212

202,560

(58,114)

(14,765)

- 

59,336

4,212

1,752

(727)

(1,426)

(741)

(903)

15,602

13,851

29,668

- 

- 

- 

2,106

2,106

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

The following table summarizes the terms and debt repayment profile of the bank loans held by the joint ventures: 

(in thousands of USD)

TI Asia Ltd. *

TI Africa Ltd. *

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd.

Seven Seas Shipping Ltd.

Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd. *
Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd. *
Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. *

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. *

Total interest-bearing bank loans

Currency

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD
USD
USD

USD

Nominal 
interest rate
libor +1.15%

Year of 
maturity
2017

libor +2.75%

libor +2.70%

libor +0.80%

libor +2.75%
libor +2.75%
libor +1.50%

libor +1.225%

2015

2018

2017

2021
2020
2020

2020

31 December 2014
Carrying 
value
131,646

Face value

131,646

Face value

31 December 2013
Carrying 
value
157,750

157,750

13,750

13,667

- 

- 

10,833

51,750
38,470
37,083

36,312

10,833

51,750
38,470
37,083

36,312

38,750

19,950

15,166

56,750
42,470
41,052

40,562

38,546

19,694

15,166

56,750
42,470
41,052

40,562

319,844

319,761

412,450

411,990

* The mentioned secured bank loans are subject to loan covenants such as an Asset Protection clause. A future breach of covenants might require the joint venture 

to repay (part of) the loan earlier than expected. All bank loans in the joint ventures are secured by the underlying vessel or FSO.

137

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24 - Equity-accounted investees (continued)

Loan covenant
The OSG’s Chapter 11 filing has had no impact on the continued 
operations of the FSO joint venture, including the ability of the 
joint venture to continue to perform its obligations under the 
existing charters as well as its ability to continue to service its 
outstanding debt obligations and maintain continued compliance 
with the covenants under such debt agreements. On 12 November 
2012, MOQ issued a waiver to the FSO joint venture agreeing 
not  to  exercise  its  rights  to  terminate  the  service  contracts. 
The initial waiver period expired on 15 February 2013 and was 
subsequently extended to 15 February 2014, with MOQ having the 
right to terminate such waiver at an earlier date upon occurrence 
of certain events or after giving a 90-day notice of its intent to do 
so. In November 2012, the joint venture also obtained waivers of 
any events of default arising as a result of the commencement of 
the Chapter 11 Cases from (i) the bank syndicate that funds its 
loan facilities, (ii) the counterparties to the interest rate swaps 
agreements described below, and (iii) the bank that has issued 
performance guarantees of the joint venture’s performance of 
certain  of  its  obligations  under  the  FSO  Africa  and  FSO  Asia 
service contracts. The initial waiver periods on all such waivers 
expired on 15 February 2013 and were subsequently extended to 
15 February 2014 and again extended until 15 July 2014 subject to 
the occurrence of certain events. As OSG emerged from Chapter 
11 in August 2014, the waivers were not extended. 

For two secured vessel loans of its joint ventures, the Group 
negotiated in the course of 2013 with the lenders a 1-year relax-
ation of the Asset Protection clause from 125% down to 100% 
(until 31 December 2013) against an increase of the margin above 
the LIBOR rate to 2.75%. The margin was reduced to 2.00% at 
the end of the relaxation period in 2014. The asset protection 
clause was tested again at the end of April 2014 and the Group 
was again in compliance with the Asset Protection clause. The 
waiver was therefore not extended.  

Intrest rate swaps 
Two of the Group’s JV companies in connection to the FSO conver-
sion project of the TI Asia and TI Africa have also entered in two 
Interest Rate Swap instruments for a combined notional value 
of USD 480 million (Euronav’s share amounts to 50%). These 
IRSs are used to hedge the risk related to any fluctuation of the 
Libor rate and have a duration of 8 years starting respectively 
in July 2009 and September 2009 for FSO Asia and FSO Africa. 

Following the termination of the original service contract related 
to  the  FSO  Africa  on  22  January  2010  and  the  consecutive 
reduction of financing, the hedge related to that tranche lost 
its  qualification  as  hedging  instrument  in  a  cash  flow  hedge 
relationship  under  IAS  39.  As  such  the  cash  flows  from  this 
IRS are expected to occur and affect profit or loss as from 2010 
through 2017. Fair value at 31 December 2014: USD -7,028,986 
(2013: USD -11,264,668).

However  the  hedge  related  to  the  financing  of  FSO  Asia  still 
qualifies  fully  as  a  hedging  instrument  in  a  cash  flow  hedge 
relationship under IAS 39. This instrument is measured at fair 
value; effective changes in fair value are recognised in equity 
and the ineffective portion is recorded in profit or loss. Fair value 
at 31 December 2014: USD -6,635,559 (2013: USD -10,846,716).

Vessels  
On  2  January  2014  Great  Hope  Entreprise  Ltd.  delivered  the 
VLCC Ardenne Venture (2004 - 318,658 dwt) to its new owners 
after the sale announced on 14 November 2013 for USD 41,7M. 
The Group’s share in the capital gain amounts to USD 2.2 million 
and was recognised in the first quarter of 2014.   

There were no capital commitments as per 31 December 2014 
and 31 December 2013.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents of the joint ventures

GROUP’S SHARE OF CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Of which restricted cash

2014
61,336

30,668

15,547

2013
92,882

46,441

16,015

138

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 25 - Subsidiaries

The Group holds 100% of the voting rights in all of its subsidiaries 
(See Note 23). 
In 2014 two wholly owned subsidiaries (Euronav Shipping NV and 
Euronav Tankers NV), incorporated in the first quarter of 2014, 
were added to the consolidation scope. These two subsidiaries 

became the owner and operator of (part of) the acquired Maersk 
fleet.  

In 2013 no new subsidiaries were established or acquired, nor 
were there any sales or liquidations of subsidiaries. 

Note 26 - Major exchange rates  

The following major exchange rates have been used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:  

closing rates

average rates

1 XXX = x.xxxx USD

31 December 2014

31 December 2013

EUR 

GBP

1.2141

1.5587

1.3791

1.6542

2014

1.3349

1.6521

2013

1.3259

1.5629

Note 27 - Audit fees 

The audit fees for the Group amounted to USD 0.5 million (2013: 
USD  0.4  million).  During  the  year  the  statutory  auditor  and 
persons  professionally  related  to  him  performed  additional 
audit related services amounting to USD 1.5 million (2013: USD 

0.02 million) and tax services for fees of USD 0.07 million (2013: 
0.03 million). The 2014 audit related services mainly relate to 
the Group’s series of capital transactions, including the Group’s 
US listing as disclosed in Note 28.

Note 28 - Subsequent events 

On 31 January 2015, the 250 remaining outstanding fixed rate 
senior unsecured convertible Notes, due 2015 with a face value 
of USD 100,000, have been fully redeemed at par. 
In  April  2014,  the  purchase  option  to  buy  the  Olympia  (2008 
–  315,981  dwt)  and  the  Antarctica  (2009  –  315,981  dwt)  was 
exercised for an aggregate purchase price of USD 178 million 
of which USD 20 million had been received as an option fee 
deductible from the purchase price back in January 2011. As 
a consequence, the Antarctica was transferred to asset held 
for sale, and an impairment of USD 4.9 million was recorded 
in the second quarter of 2014. The Antarctica was delivered 
to its new owner on 15 January 2015, earlier than expected, 
resulting in an increased sale price and a corresponding gain 
on disposal of assets of USD 2.2 million which will be recorded 
in the first quarter of 2015. 

On 20 January 2015 the Group announced the commencement 
of  its  underwritten  initial  public  offering  (IPO)  in  the  United 
States of 13,550,000 ordinary shares. On 19 January 2015 the 
closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on Euronext 
Brussels was USD 12.94 per share (based upon the Bloomberg 
Composite Rate of EUR 0.8604 per USD 1.00 in effect on that 
date). The Company has received approval to list its ordinary 
shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under 
the symbol “EURN”. 
On  28  January  2015  the  Group  announced  the  closing  of  its 
IPO of 18,699,000 common shares at a public offering price of 
USD 12.25 per share for gross proceeds of USD 229,062,750. 
This includes the exercise in full by the underwriters of their 
overallotment option. The Group, in accordance with article 15 of 
the law of 2 May 2007, confirmed the following overview: 

Total subscribed capital (USD)

before

after

142,440,546

162,764,714

Total number of ordinary shares on issue (with voting rights) *

131,050,666

149,749,666

* of which 1,750,000 shares are treasury shares

139

Financial report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Following the closing of its IPO on NYSE, the Company repaid 
on  19  February  2015  the  USD  235.5  million  bond  issued  to 
partly finance the acquisition of 15 VLCCs from Maersk Tankers 
Singapore Pte Ltd. on 19 February 2015. As the bond was issued 
below par and in accordance with IFRS, the Company amor-
tised USD 20.4 million (non-cash) in the fourth quarter of 2014 
bringing the amortisation related to this bond for the full year 
2014 to USD 31.9 million (non-cash) and a further USD 4.1 million 
(non-cash) in the first quarter of 2015. Furthermore, following 

its IPO, the Group exercised its right to request the conversion 
of the remaining 30 outstanding perpetual convertible preferred 
equity securities and issued such notice on 30 January 2015. The 
aggregate principal amount of USD 75,000,000 was converted 
to Euronav’s share capital through a contribution in kind on 6 
February 2015 against the issuance of 9,459,283 shares. These 
shares are listed on both Euronext Brussels and the NYSE but 
tradeable only on Euronext Brussels.

Total subscribed capital (USD)

before

after

162,764,714

173,046,122

Total number of ordinary shares on issue (with voting rights) *

149,749,666

159,208,949

* of which 1,750,000 shares are treasury shares 

During  the  course  of  2014,  the  Group’s  Board  of  Directors 
resolved to adopt a long term incentive plan (‘LTIP’) to be fina-
lized and implemented in 2015. Under the terms of this LTIP, key 
management personnel would obtain 40% of their respective 
LTIP in the form of Euronav stock options, with vesting over 
three years (1/3 year) and 60% in the form of restricted stock 
units (‘RSU’s’), with cliff vesting on the third anniversary. The 
grant date was 12 February 2015 - the day subsequent to the 
fourth quarter earnings release on 11 February 2015. In total 
236,590 options and 65,433 RSU’s were granted. 

On 23 March 2015, the Group launched its US Exchange Offer 
which  enables  shareholders  to  reposition  their  shares  of 
Euronav  that  are  listed  and  tradable  on  Euronext  Brussels 
(the  “European  Shares”)  into  shares  listed  and  tradable  on 
the New York Stock Exchange. 

Note 29 - Statement on the true and fair view of the consolidated financial statements 
and the fair overview of the management report 

The  Board  of  Directors,  represented  by  Marc  Saverys,  its 
Chairman,  and  the  executive  committee,  represented  by 
Patrick Rodgers, the CEO and Hugo De Stoop, the CFO hereby 
confirm that, to the best of their knowledge, the consolidated 
financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2014, 
which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) as adopted by the European 

Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Group and the entities included 
in the consolidation as a whole, and that the management report 
includes  a  fair  overview  of  the  important  events  that  have 
occurred during the financial year and of the major transactions 
with the related parties, and their impact on the consolidated 
financial statements, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties they are exposed to. 

140

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statutory auditor’s report to the general meeting of Euronav NV as of 
and for the year ended 31 December 2014

In accordance with the legal requirements, we report to you in the 
context of our statutory auditor’s mandate. This report includes 
our report on the consolidated financial statements as of and for 
the year ended 31 December 2014, as defined below, as well as 
our report on other legal and regulatory requirements.

Report on the consolidated financial  statements 
- unqualified opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Euronav 
NV  (“the  Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (jointly  “the  Group”), 
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal 
and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium. These conso-
lidated financial statements comprise the consolidated statement 
of financial position as at 31 December 2014 and the consolidated 
statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income, changes 
in  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes, 
comprising  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and 
other  explanatory  information.  The  total  of  the  consolidated 
statement of financial position amounts to USD’000 3.096.360 
and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income shows 
a loss for the year of USD’000 45.797.

Board of Directors’ responsibility for the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements
The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory 
requirements applicable in Belgium, and for such internal control 
as the Board of Directors determines, is necessary to enable 
the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

Statutory auditor’s responsibility  
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated 
financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit 
in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). 
Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements 
and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free 
from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence 
about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. The procedures selected depend on the statutory 
auditor’s  judgment,  including  the  assessment  of  the  risks  of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, 
the statutory auditor considers internal control relevant to the 
Group’s  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  in  order  to  design  audit  procedures  that 

are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates made by the Board of Directors, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 

We have obtained from the Company’s officials and the Board 
of  Directors  the  explanations  and  information  necessary  for 
performing our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
unqualified opinion

Unqualified opinion 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true 
and  fair  view  of  the  Group’s  equity  and  consolidated  financial 
position as at 31 December 2014 and of its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then 
ended  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal 
and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.

Report  on  other  legal  and  regulatory 
 requirements  

The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and 
the content of the annual report on the consolidated financial 
statements.

In the context of our mandate and in accordance with the Belgian 
standard which is complementary to the International Standards 
on  Auditing  as  applicable  in  Belgium,  our  responsibility  is  to 
verify, in all material respects, compliance with certain legal and 
regulatory requirements. On this basis, we provide the following 
additional  statement  which  does  not  modify  the  scope  of  our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements:

■     The annual report on the consolidated financial statements 
includes the information required by law, is consistent, in all 
material respects, with the consolidated financial statements 
and does not present any material inconsistencies with the 
information that we became aware of during the performance 
of our mandate. 

Kontich, March 27, 2015
KPMG Réviseurs d’Entreprises / Bedrijfsrevisoren
Statutory Auditor
represented by

Serge Cosijns 
Réviseur d’Entreprises 
Bedrijfsrevisor 

Jos Briers
Réviseur d’Entreprises 
Bedrijfsrevisor

141

Financial report 
 
Statutory financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014

The  annual  accounts  of  Euronav  NV  are  given  hereafter  in 
summarised form. In accordance with the Company Law, the 
annual accounts of Euronav NV, together with the annual report 
and the auditor’s report are deposited with the National Bank 

of  Belgium.  The  documents  can  be  obtained  upon  demand 
at the registered offices of the Company. The auditor did not 
express  any  reservations  in  respect  of  the  annual  accounts 
of Euronav NV. 

BALANCE SHEET OF EURONAV NV

ASSETS

(in USD)

FIXED ASSETS

Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Financial assets

CURRENT ASSETS

Amounts receivable after one year
Amounts receivable within one year
Investments
Cash at bank and in hand
Deferred charges and accrued income

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES 

(in USD)

CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Capital
Share premium account
Reserves
Profit carried forward

PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

Provisions and deferred taxes

CREDITORS

Amounts payable after one year

Amounts payable within one year
Accrued charges and deferred income

TOTAL LIABILITIES

142

31/12/2014

31/12/2013

2,302,109,527

22,242
1,410,782,594
891,304,692

365,561,623

-
88,233,118
166,532,880
81,833,354
28,962,271

1,830,111,859

15,945
1,477,747,065
352,348,849

165,302,794

-
56,056,139
55,130,115
24,797,848
29,318,692

2,667,671,151

1,995,414,653

31/12/2014

31/12/2013

1,429,550,809

142,440,546
941,770,042

100,626,275
244,713,945

9,772,443

9,772,443

877,041,935

58,936,522
365,574,165
100,626,275
351,904,973

6,949,457

6,949,457

1,228,347,899

1,111,423,260

981,043,920

208,947,082
38,356,898

898,991,591

171,700,212
40,731,457

2,667,671,151

1,995,414,653

EURONAV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME STATEMENT OF EURONAV NV 

(in USD)

Operating income
Operating charges

Operating result

Financial income
Financial charges

31/12/2014

406,586,852
(407,099,986)

31/12/2013

315,525,547
(379,786,136)

(513,134)

(64,260,589)

22,800,294
(90,117,019)

2,309,431
(47,410,104)

Profit on ordinary activities before taxes

(67,829,859)

(109,361,262)

Extraordinary income
Extraordinary charges

6,673,715
(4,198,720)

- 
(32,059,197)

Profit for the year before taxes

(65,354,864)

(141,420,459)

Income taxes

(2,033,927)

(2,152,858)

Profit for the year
Result for the year available for appropriation

(67,388,791)
(67,388,791)

(143,573,317)
(143,573,317)

APPROPRIATION ACCOUNT

(in USD)

Result to be appropriated
Transfer to capital and reserves
Profit carried forward
Distribution of result

31/12/2014

31/12/2013

284,516,182
-
244,713,945
39,802,237

351,904,973
-
351,904,973
-

143

Financial reportNotes

144

EURONAVREGISTERED OFFICE
De Gerlachekaai 20
B-2000 Antwerpen - Belgium
tel. + 32 3 247 44 11
fax + 32 3 247 44 09
e-mail admin@euronav.com
website www.euronav.com

RESPONSIBLE EDITOR
Hugo De Stoop
De Gerlachekaai 20
B-2000 Antwerpen - Belgium

Registered within the jurisdiction of the 
Commercial Court of Antwerp - VAT BE 0860 402 767

Dit verslag is ook beschikbaar in het Nederlands.
This report can be downloaded on our website: www.euronav.com